1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
52 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
53 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
55 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
57 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
58 \use_default_options false
59 \maintain_unincluded_children false
65 \font_typewriter default
66 \font_default_family default
74 \default_output_format default
75 \bibtex_command default
76 \index_command default
80 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
81 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
85 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
86 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
87 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
92 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
93 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
102 \paperorientation portrait
120 \paragraph_separation indent
121 \paragraph_indentation default
122 \quotes_language english
125 \paperpagestyle default
126 \tracking_changes true
127 \output_changes false
130 \author 1 "Richard Heck"
144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
146 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
148 \begin_inset CommandInset href
150 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
161 \begin_inset Newline newline
165 \begin_inset Newline newline
169 \begin_inset Note Note
172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
173 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
174 \begin_inset Newline newline
179 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
187 \begin_layout Standard
188 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
189 LatexCommand tableofcontents
196 \begin_layout Chapter
200 \begin_layout Section
204 \begin_layout Standard
205 LyX is a document preparation system.
206 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
207 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
208 It is unlike most other
209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
216 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
218 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
231 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
234 pt type, left justified, 5
235 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
243 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
247 \begin_layout Standard
248 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
261 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
265 \begin_layout Standard
267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
278 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
279 the format of all of the manuals.
280 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
281 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
298 \begin_layout Section
302 \begin_layout Standard
303 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
305 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
306 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
310 \begin_layout Standard
311 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
312 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
313 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
315 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
316 only a vertical scrollbar.
317 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
318 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
319 This, however, is due
320 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
321 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
322 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
323 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
325 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
326 this doesn't work for equations yet.
329 \begin_layout Standard
330 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
338 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
343 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
344 ing sections of this documentation.
347 \begin_layout Section
351 \begin_layout Standard
352 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
357 of the manuals from inside LyX.
358 Just select the manual you want read from the
365 \begin_layout Section
367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
369 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
376 \begin_layout Standard
377 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
378 without resorting to configuration files.
379 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
380 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
381 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
386 \begin_inset Index idx
389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
396 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
397 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
398 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
402 \begin_inset space \space{}
405 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
406 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
408 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
412 \begin_inset Index idx
415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
416 Reconfiguration of LyX
421 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
424 \begin_layout Section
426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
428 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
435 \begin_layout Standard
437 \change_inserted 1 1269457017
438 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
439 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
441 Actually, that isn't quite true.
442 Some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that produces PDFs and
443 the like, and any LyX document can be outupt as plain text or as XHTML.
444 Still, most of the documents people edit in LyX use LaTeX as the backend,
445 and so exporting these documents to PDF, or printing them, requires you
446 to have LaTeX properly installed.
449 \begin_layout Standard
451 \change_inserted 1 1269457113
452 Moreover, specific document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook
454 Again, such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
455 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
458 \begin_layout Standard
460 \change_inserted 1 1269457161
463 packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file you can
466 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
486 \change_inserted 1 1269457187
487 If you are missing packages you need, then
490 \change_deleted 1 1269457188
492 \change_inserted 1 1269457189
495 ou should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
496 \begin_inset Note Note
499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
500 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
508 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
509 More about TeX Code is described in section
514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
516 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
520 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
527 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
537 \begin_inset Index idx
540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
541 Reconfiguration of LyX
547 \change_inserted 1 1269457202
548 See section 5.1 of the
552 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
557 \begin_layout Chapter
561 \begin_layout Section
562 Basic File Operations
563 \begin_inset Index idx
566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
575 \begin_layout Standard
580 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
581 in addition to some more advanced operations:
584 \begin_layout Itemize
588 \begin_inset Graphics
589 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
590 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
597 \begin_layout Itemize
615 \begin_layout Itemize
621 \begin_inset Graphics
622 filename ../images/file-open.png
623 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
630 \begin_layout Itemize
636 \begin_layout Itemize
642 \begin_inset Graphics
643 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
644 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
651 \begin_layout Itemize
661 \begin_layout Itemize
675 \begin_layout Itemize
685 \begin_layout Itemize
691 \begin_layout Itemize
697 \begin_layout Itemize
703 \begin_inset Graphics
704 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
705 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
712 \begin_layout Itemize
718 \begin_layout Standard
719 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
720 a few minor differences.
723 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
738 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
739 you for a template to use.
740 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
741 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
742 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
748 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
750 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
757 \begin_layout Standard
759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
782 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
783 space is just that — a big, blank space.
786 \begin_layout Standard
807 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
812 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
837 will reload the document from disk.
838 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
839 and want to restore it to the last save.
848 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
849 can identify them as your changes.
852 \begin_layout Section
853 Basic Editing Features
854 \begin_inset Index idx
857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
864 \begin_inset CommandInset label
866 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
873 \begin_layout Standard
874 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
875 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
876 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
877 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
879 We'll start with cut and paste.
882 \begin_layout Standard
883 As you might expect, the
887 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
888 various other editing features.
889 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
893 \begin_layout Itemize
899 \begin_inset Graphics
900 filename ../images/cut.png
901 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
908 \begin_layout Itemize
914 \begin_inset Graphics
915 filename ../images/copy.png
916 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
923 \begin_layout Itemize
929 \begin_inset Graphics
930 filename ../images/paste.png
931 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
938 \begin_layout Itemize
948 \begin_layout Itemize
958 \begin_layout Itemize
972 \begin_inset Graphics
973 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
974 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
982 \begin_layout Standard
983 The first three are self-explanatory.
984 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
985 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
994 keys also functions as the
999 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
1000 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
1001 You'll have to do an
1005 to get back the lost text.
1008 \begin_layout Standard
1009 \begin_inset Index idx
1012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1018 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1022 \begin_inset space ~
1027 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1030 \begin_layout Standard
1033 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1035 \begin_inset space ~
1038 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1040 \begin_inset space ~
1044 \begin_inset space ~
1049 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1055 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1059 \begin_inset space ~
1064 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1065 will start a new paragraph.
1068 \begin_layout Standard
1069 \begin_inset Index idx
1072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1079 \begin_inset Index idx
1082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1090 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1092 \begin_inset space ~
1096 \begin_inset space ~
1104 \begin_inset space ~
1108 \begin_inset space ~
1114 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1119 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1122 \begin_inset space ~
1131 \begin_inset space ~
1136 button to skip the current word.
1140 \begin_inset space ~
1145 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1149 \begin_inset space ~
1154 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1156 If the toggle is set, searching for
1157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1168 will not match the word
1169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1183 Match whole words only
1185 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1186 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1216 \begin_layout Standard
1217 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1218 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1220 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1225 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1232 \begin_layout Section
1234 \begin_inset Index idx
1237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1244 \begin_inset Index idx
1247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1254 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1256 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1263 \begin_layout Standard
1264 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1265 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1268 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1271 or the toolbar button
1272 \begin_inset Graphics
1273 filename ../images/undo.png
1274 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1278 to undo some mistake.
1279 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1281 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1284 or the toolbar button
1285 \begin_inset Graphics
1286 filename ../images/redo.png
1287 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1299 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1300 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1303 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1306 \begin_layout Standard
1307 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1316 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1317 This is a consequence of the 100
1318 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1321 step undo limit, above.
1324 \begin_layout Standard
1333 work on almost everything in LyX.
1334 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1338 \begin_layout Section
1340 \begin_inset Index idx
1343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1352 \begin_layout Standard
1353 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1356 \begin_layout Enumerate
1361 \begin_layout Itemize
1366 once anywhere in the edit window.
1367 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1371 \begin_layout Enumerate
1376 \begin_layout Itemize
1382 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1385 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1388 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1391 \begin_layout Itemize
1392 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1394 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1401 \begin_layout Enumerate
1402 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1406 \begin_layout Standard
1407 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1408 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1412 \begin_layout Enumerate
1417 \begin_layout Standard
1422 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1427 \begin_layout Section
1429 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1431 name "sec:Navigating"
1436 \begin_inset Index idx
1439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1448 \begin_layout Standard
1449 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1452 \begin_layout Itemize
1457 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1458 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1461 \begin_layout Itemize
1464 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1467 or the toolbar button
1468 \begin_inset Graphics
1469 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1470 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1477 \begin_layout Standard
1478 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1479 (TOC) that is described in section
1480 \begin_inset space ~
1484 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1486 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1491 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1492 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1493 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1494 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1495 to the document, see section
1496 \begin_inset space ~
1500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1502 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1511 option sorts the current list, and the
1515 option keeps it in the current view state.
1516 Keeping means that when you have e.
1517 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1521 \begin_inset space \space{}
1524 the subsections of section
1525 \begin_inset space ~
1528 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1529 \begin_inset space ~
1532 3, the subsections of section
1533 \begin_inset space ~
1536 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1541 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1542 \begin_inset space ~
1548 \begin_layout Standard
1550 \begin_inset space \space{}
1554 \begin_inset Graphics
1555 filename ../images/down.png
1556 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1561 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1566 \begin_inset space \space{}
1570 \begin_inset Graphics
1571 filename ../images/up.png
1572 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1577 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1581 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1583 So you can for example move section
1584 \begin_inset space ~
1588 \begin_inset space ~
1592 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1594 \begin_inset Graphics
1595 filename ../images/promote.png
1596 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1601 \begin_inset Graphics
1602 filename ../images/demote.png
1603 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1607 or the corresponding key bindings
1615 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1616 So you can for example make section
1617 \begin_inset space ~
1621 \begin_inset space ~
1625 \begin_inset space ~
1631 \begin_layout Standard
1633 \begin_inset Graphics
1634 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1635 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
1640 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1641 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1642 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1643 go back to your last editing position.
1646 \begin_layout Section
1648 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1652 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1656 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1658 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1663 \begin_inset Index idx
1666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1673 \begin_inset Index idx
1676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1707 \begin_layout Standard
1708 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1710 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1711 is used to propose completions.
1714 \begin_layout Standard
1715 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1716 there are completions available.
1717 You can then press the
1721 key to use this completion.
1722 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1723 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1724 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1731 \begin_layout Standard
1732 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1734 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1737 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1739 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1742 by deselecting the option
1749 Automatic inline completion
1751 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1752 To accept this proposal, use the
1761 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1762 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1764 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1768 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1770 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1777 \begin_layout Section
1779 \begin_inset Index idx
1782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1789 \begin_inset Index idx
1792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1821 \begin_inset Index idx
1824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1855 \begin_layout Standard
1856 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1857 LyX's default is CUA.
1860 \begin_layout Standard
1864 \begin_inset space ~
1872 \begin_inset space ~
1893 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1897 \begin_layout Labeling
1898 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1902 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1903 LatexCommand nomenclature
1905 description "Tabulator key"
1911 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1912 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1913 \begin_inset space ~
1917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1919 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1926 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1930 , especially section
1931 \begin_inset space ~
1935 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1937 reference "sub:Lists"
1943 If you're still confused, look in the
1950 \begin_layout Labeling
1951 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1955 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1956 LatexCommand nomenclature
1958 description "Escape key"
1965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1972 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1973 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1976 \begin_layout Labeling
1977 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1983 \begin_inset space ~
1987 \begin_inset space ~
1994 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1995 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1999 \begin_layout Standard
2000 There are three modifier keys:
2003 \begin_layout Labeling
2004 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2022 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2023 LatexCommand nomenclature
2025 description "Control key"
2029 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2030 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2034 \begin_layout Itemize
2043 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2046 \begin_layout Itemize
2055 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2058 \begin_layout Itemize
2067 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2071 \begin_layout Labeling
2072 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2090 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2091 LatexCommand nomenclature
2093 description "Shift key"
2097 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2098 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2101 \begin_layout Labeling
2102 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2120 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2121 LatexCommand nomenclature
2123 description "Alt or Meta key"
2127 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2128 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2129 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2135 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2137 menu accelerator keys
2140 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2141 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2145 \begin_layout Standard
2146 For example, the sequence
2147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2153 \begin_inset space ~
2157 \begin_inset space ~
2163 \begin_inset space ~
2171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2190 \begin_inset space ~
2196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2206 \begin_layout Standard
2211 manual lists all other things bound to the
2219 \begin_layout Standard
2220 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2221 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2222 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2223 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2224 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2225 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2226 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2227 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2243 followed by a capital
2250 \begin_layout Standard
2251 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2253 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2258 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2261 as explained in sec.
2262 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2266 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2268 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2275 \begin_layout Chapter
2277 \begin_inset Index idx
2280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2289 \begin_layout Section
2291 \begin_inset Index idx
2294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2303 \begin_layout Subsection
2307 \begin_layout Standard
2308 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2309 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2310 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2311 numbering schemes, and so on.
2312 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2313 and format the title of your document differently.
2316 \begin_layout Standard
2321 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2322 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2323 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2324 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2325 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2328 \begin_layout Standard
2329 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2330 how to adjust their properties.
2333 \begin_layout Subsection
2335 \begin_inset Index idx
2338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2345 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2347 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2354 \begin_layout Standard
2355 You can select a class using the
2357 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2359 \change_inserted 1 1269457473
2360 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
2364 \begin_inset Index idx
2367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2376 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2380 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2384 \begin_layout Standard
2385 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2389 \begin_layout Description
2390 Article for basic articles
2393 \begin_layout Description
2394 Report for basic reports
2397 \begin_layout Description
2398 Book for writing a book
2401 \begin_layout Description
2402 Letter for US-style letters
2405 \begin_layout Standard
2406 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2407 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2408 will include many of these.
2409 Here are some of the classes.
2410 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2412 Special Document Classes
2421 \begin_layout Description
2422 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2425 \begin_layout Description
2432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2441 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2445 \begin_layout Description
2446 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2447 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2448 There are three article layouts available.
2449 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2450 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2451 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2452 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2457 sequential numbering
2458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2461 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2462 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2463 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2464 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2467 \begin_layout Description
2468 Beamer Layout for presentations
2471 \begin_layout Description
2472 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2473 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2477 \begin_layout Description
2479 \begin_inset space ~
2482 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2485 \begin_layout Description
2486 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2489 \begin_layout Description
2492 Die TeXnische Komödie
2494 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2497 \begin_layout Description
2498 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2501 \begin_layout Description
2502 Foils Used to make transparencies
2505 \begin_layout Description
2506 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2509 \begin_layout Description
2510 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2511 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2515 \begin_layout Description
2516 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2517 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2520 \begin_layout Description
2521 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2524 \begin_layout Description
2525 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2528 \begin_layout Description
2529 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2530 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2533 \begin_layout Description
2534 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2537 \begin_layout Description
2542 LaTeX document class
2545 \begin_layout Description
2546 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2549 \begin_layout Description
2554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2561 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2562 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2564 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2567 \begin_layout Description
2568 Slides Used to make transparencies
2571 \begin_layout Description
2573 \begin_inset space ~
2576 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2577 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2580 \begin_layout Description
2581 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2584 \begin_layout Description
2589 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2592 \begin_layout Standard
2593 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2595 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2601 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2602 of the document classes.
2603 \change_inserted 1 1269457401
2607 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2609 \change_inserted 1 1269457704
2610 Why Is My Document Class `Unavailable'?
2613 \begin_layout Standard
2615 \change_inserted 1 1269458954
2616 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact that many of the document classes
2619 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2620 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2622 \begin_inset Index idx
2625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2627 \change_inserted 1 1269457484
2636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2644 Or they are surprised that, when they try to open the
2648 template, they receive a message saying that the document class requires
2649 external files to produce output, files that are not installed.
2650 Surely something is wrong.
2654 \begin_layout Standard
2656 \change_inserted 1 1269458991
2658 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2659 and some of them, like
2663 (which is used for screenplays), are highly specialized.
2664 Indeed, we want LyX to support as many different types of documents as
2665 possible, and, as of LyX 2.0, it includes almost one hundred different layout
2666 files, with the number growing all the time.
2667 No sensible LaTeX distribution will install all of the different files
2668 that might be needed by some LyX document class by default.
2669 There are too many, and they are too various.
2670 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2675 \begin_layout Standard
2677 \change_inserted 1 1269459048
2678 So, if there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2679 `Unavailable', all you need to do is install the appropriate class or package
2681 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to try selecting
2682 that document class.
2683 LyX will display a dialog that, among other things, will list the missing
2685 Most TeX distributions now include a See section 5.1 of the
2689 manual for information on how to install them.
2692 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2694 \change_inserted 1 1269458726
2695 I Need a Document Class That Isn't Even Listed
2698 \begin_layout Standard
2700 \change_inserted 1 1269459092
2701 Although, as said, LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents,
2702 it does not include support for every document class people might want
2704 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2705 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2706 For example, the LaTeX document class
2710 is used for dissertations at the University of California.
2711 The LyX team cannot write `layout files' to support every one of these.
2715 \begin_layout Standard
2717 \change_inserted 1 1269459143
2718 Fortunately, however, users can write their own layout files, and many users
2720 Sometimes, this is quite easy, but sometimes it can be quite hard.
2725 manual contains information on how to add support for your favorite document
2731 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2733 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2740 \begin_inset Index idx
2743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2752 \begin_layout Standard
2753 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2754 chosen document class.
2755 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2756 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2763 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2767 \begin_inset Index idx
2770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2777 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2779 \change_inserted 1 1269456873
2783 \begin_layout Standard
2785 \change_inserted 1 1274730016
2786 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2787 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2788 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2789 be able to export PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be able
2790 to compile the LaTeX file without the missing package.
2791 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
2792 missing package and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2794 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2798 \begin_inset Index idx
2801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2803 \change_inserted 1 1269456873
2804 Reconfiguration of LyX
2809 See section 5.1 of the
2813 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2818 \begin_layout Standard
2819 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2827 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2828 LyX will advise you about these things.
2836 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2840 \begin_layout Standard
2841 Each class has a default set of options.
2842 Here's a quick table describing them:
2845 \begin_layout Standard
2846 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2852 \begin_layout Standard
2854 \begin_inset Tabular
2855 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2856 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2857 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2858 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2859 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2860 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2861 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3315 \begin_layout Standard
3316 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3322 \begin_layout Standard
3323 You're probably also wondering what
3324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3328 \begin_inset space ~
3332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3336 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3337 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3342 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3347 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3357 headings, there are also
3365 headings, and so on.
3366 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3367 \begin_inset space ~
3371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3373 reference "sub:Headings"
3380 \begin_layout Subsection
3382 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3384 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3389 \begin_inset Index idx
3392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3401 \begin_inset Index idx
3404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3413 \begin_layout Standard
3414 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3416 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3427 \begin_inset space ~
3432 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3434 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3435 to use for your document.
3436 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3440 \begin_layout Standard
3447 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3453 \begin_inset space ~
3458 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3459 You can choose between the following five options:
3462 \begin_layout Labeling
3463 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3468 Use default page style of current class.
3471 \begin_layout Labeling
3472 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3477 No page numbers or headings.
3480 \begin_layout Labeling
3481 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3489 \begin_layout Labeling
3490 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3495 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3496 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3497 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3500 \begin_layout Labeling
3501 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3506 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3512 \begin_inset Index idx
3515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3516 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3522 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3523 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3525 Check the documentation for the
3529 package for more details,
3530 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3539 \begin_layout Standard
3544 of paragraphs is described in section
3545 \begin_inset space ~
3549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3551 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3558 \begin_layout Subsection
3559 Paper Size and Orientation
3560 \begin_inset Index idx
3563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3564 Document ! Paper size
3570 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3572 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3579 \begin_layout Standard
3580 You'll find the following options in the menu
3583 \begin_inset space ~
3588 of the dialog of the
3590 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3596 \begin_inset Index idx
3599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3608 \begin_layout Labeling
3609 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3613 \begin_inset space ~
3618 What size paper to print on.
3622 \begin_layout Itemize
3628 \begin_layout Itemize
3638 \begin_layout Itemize
3644 \begin_layout Itemize
3650 \begin_layout Itemize
3656 \begin_layout Itemize
3662 \begin_layout Itemize
3668 \begin_layout Labeling
3669 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3674 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3685 \begin_layout Labeling
3686 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3690 \begin_inset space ~
3695 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3696 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3699 \begin_layout Subsection
3701 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3708 \begin_inset Index idx
3711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3718 \begin_inset Index idx
3721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3730 \begin_layout Standard
3731 Paper margins are set in the menu
3733 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3737 \begin_inset Index idx
3740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3749 \begin_layout Standard
3750 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3751 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3752 the paper format and the font size into account.
3755 \begin_layout Subsection
3759 \begin_layout Standard
3760 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3765 That includes the paragraph environments.
3766 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3767 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3768 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3769 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3778 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3780 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3781 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3782 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3785 \begin_layout Section
3786 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3787 \begin_inset Index idx
3790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3791 Paragraph ! Indentation
3799 \begin_layout Subsection
3801 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3803 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3810 \begin_layout Standard
3811 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3812 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3815 \begin_layout Standard
3816 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3817 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3818 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3819 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3823 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3829 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3830 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3831 language than English.
3832 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3835 \begin_layout Standard
3836 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3837 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3839 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3840 LyX takes care of that.
3841 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3843 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3844 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3845 of a page, and so on.
3849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3850 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3855 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3856 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3860 of these pre-coded spacings.
3861 We'll explain more later.
3864 \begin_layout Subsection
3865 Paragraph Separation
3866 \begin_inset Index idx
3869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3870 Paragraph ! Separation
3878 \begin_layout Standard
3879 To separate paragraphs, select
3890 \begin_inset space ~
3897 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3901 \begin_inset Index idx
3904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3910 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3911 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3912 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3915 \begin_layout Standard
3925 \begin_layout Standard
3926 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3927 \begin_inset space ~
3931 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3933 reference "cap:Units"
3938 The default length is 30
3939 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3945 \begin_layout Subsection
3949 \begin_layout Standard
3950 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3953 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3955 \begin_inset space ~
3960 dialog and toggle the
3963 \begin_inset space ~
3968 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3971 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3975 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3976 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3980 \begin_layout Standard
3981 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3982 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3985 \begin_layout Subsection
3987 \begin_inset Index idx
3990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3991 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3999 \begin_layout Standard
4002 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4006 \begin_inset Index idx
4009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4018 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4021 \begin_inset space ~
4030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4031 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4036 \begin_inset Index idx
4039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4040 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4045 installed to use this feature.
4053 \begin_layout Section
4054 Paragraph Environments
4055 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4057 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4062 \begin_inset Index idx
4065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4066 Paragraph ! Environments
4072 \begin_inset Index idx
4075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4076 Paragraph environments|(
4084 \begin_layout Subsection
4088 \begin_layout Standard
4089 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4092 \begin_layout Standard
4111 \begin_inset Newline newline
4114 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4115 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4116 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4125 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4128 \begin_layout Standard
4129 A paragraph environment is simply a
4130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4137 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4138 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4139 scheme, labels, and so on.
4140 Additionally, you can
4141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4148 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4149 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4150 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4151 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4152 days of typewriters.
4153 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4155 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4158 \begin_layout Standard
4159 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4160 \begin_inset Graphics
4161 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4167 at the left end of the toolbar.
4168 LyX will change the environment of the
4172 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4173 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4174 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4178 \begin_layout Standard
4187 create a new paragraph using the
4191 paragraph environment.
4193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4200 because if you are in one of these environments:
4203 \begin_layout Itemize
4209 \begin_layout Itemize
4215 \begin_layout Itemize
4221 \begin_layout Itemize
4227 \begin_layout Itemize
4233 \begin_layout Itemize
4239 \begin_layout Itemize
4245 \begin_layout Standard
4246 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4250 , rather than resetting it to
4255 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4256 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4257 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4258 \begin_inset space ~
4262 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4264 reference "sec:Nesting"
4269 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4274 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4275 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4279 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4285 \begin_layout Subsection
4289 \begin_layout Standard
4290 The default paragraph environment is
4295 It creates a plain paragraph.
4296 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4297 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4298 this manual) are in the
4305 \begin_layout Standard
4306 You can nest a paragraph using the
4310 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4318 \begin_layout Subsection
4320 \begin_inset Index idx
4323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4332 \begin_layout Standard
4333 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4342 for thanks or contact information.
4343 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4344 page along with today's date.
4345 For other types of documents, the title
4346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4353 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4357 \begin_layout Standard
4358 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4372 Here's how you use them:
4375 \begin_layout Itemize
4376 Put the title of your document in the
4383 \begin_layout Itemize
4384 Put the author name in the
4391 \begin_layout Itemize
4392 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4393 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4399 Note that using this environment is optional.
4400 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4401 If you don't want any date, add the line
4402 \begin_inset Newline newline
4412 \begin_inset Newline newline
4415 to the preamble of your document (menu
4417 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4423 \begin_layout Standard
4424 You can use footnotes to insert
4425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4432 or contact information.
4435 \begin_layout Subsection
4437 \begin_inset Index idx
4440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4447 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4456 \begin_layout Standard
4457 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4458 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4461 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4463 \begin_inset Index idx
4466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4467 Section headings ! Numbered
4475 \begin_layout Standard
4476 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4480 \begin_layout Enumerate
4486 \begin_layout Enumerate
4492 \begin_layout Enumerate
4498 \begin_layout Enumerate
4504 \begin_layout Enumerate
4510 \begin_layout Enumerate
4516 \begin_layout Enumerate
4522 \begin_layout Standard
4523 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4524 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4525 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4528 \begin_layout Standard
4529 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4530 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4531 You group the book into chapters.
4532 LyX does similar grouping:
4535 \begin_layout Itemize
4540 is divided in either
4551 \begin_layout Itemize
4563 \begin_layout Itemize
4575 \begin_layout Itemize
4587 \begin_layout Itemize
4599 \begin_layout Itemize
4611 \begin_layout Standard
4612 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4620 Not all document types use the
4624 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4629 is the top-level heading.
4637 \begin_layout Standard
4642 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4643 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4645 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4657 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4659 \begin_inset Index idx
4662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4663 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4671 \begin_layout Standard
4672 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4676 \begin_layout Enumerate
4682 \begin_layout Enumerate
4688 \begin_layout Enumerate
4694 \begin_layout Enumerate
4700 \begin_layout Enumerate
4706 \begin_layout Standard
4708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4715 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4716 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4717 table of contents, see section
4718 \begin_inset space ~
4722 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4731 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4732 Changing the Numbering
4733 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4735 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4742 \begin_layout Standard
4743 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4744 in the Table of Contents.
4745 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4747 Certain classes start with
4761 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4771 This is something you can change.
4774 \begin_layout Standard
4777 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4783 \begin_inset Index idx
4786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4797 \begin_inset space ~
4801 \begin_inset space ~
4806 you'll see two counters.
4811 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4813 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4817 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4818 Short Titles of Headings
4819 \begin_inset Index idx
4822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4823 Section headings ! Short titles
4832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4839 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4841 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4848 \begin_layout Standard
4849 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4850 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4851 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4852 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4855 \begin_layout Standard
4856 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4857 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4858 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4859 To specify a short title, use the menu
4861 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4863 \begin_inset space ~
4869 This will insert a box labeled
4870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4885 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4886 This also works for captions inside floats.
4889 \begin_layout Standard
4890 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4893 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4897 \begin_layout Standard
4898 The following information applies to all section headings:
4901 \begin_layout Itemize
4902 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4905 \begin_layout Itemize
4906 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4909 \begin_layout Itemize
4910 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4913 \begin_layout Itemize
4914 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4917 \begin_layout Subsection
4918 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4921 \begin_layout Standard
4922 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4936 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4937 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4938 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4939 the text they contain.
4940 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4948 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4951 \begin_layout Standard
4952 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4961 when you start a new paragraph.
4962 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4966 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4967 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4968 to change back to the
4972 environment yourself.
4975 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4985 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4992 \begin_inset Index idx
4995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5004 \begin_layout Standard
5005 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5006 time for the differences.
5015 are identical except for one difference:
5019 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5028 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5031 \begin_layout Standard
5032 Here's an example of the
5045 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5047 See – no indentation!
5051 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5052 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5053 the other paragraph.
5056 \begin_layout Standard
5057 Here's another example, this time in the
5064 \begin_layout Quotation
5070 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5071 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5072 the first line, then
5076 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5080 you were quoting other text.
5083 \begin_layout Quotation
5084 Here's a new paragraph.
5085 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5086 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5089 \begin_layout Standard
5090 As the examples show,
5094 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5095 They should put quotes in the
5100 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5104 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5107 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5113 \begin_inset Index idx
5116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5125 \begin_inset Index idx
5128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5135 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5144 \begin_layout Standard
5149 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5155 \begin_inset Newline newline
5158 Which I did not rehearse!
5162 It could be much worse.
5163 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5165 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5166 indented a bit more than the first.
5167 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5173 \begin_inset Newline newline
5176 And make things look fine
5177 \begin_inset Newline newline
5183 arg "newline-insert newline"
5189 \begin_layout Standard
5194 does not indent both margins.
5195 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5196 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5203 arg "newline-insert newline"
5209 \begin_layout Subsection
5211 \begin_inset Index idx
5214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5221 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5230 \begin_layout Standard
5231 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5241 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5250 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5251 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5252 some general features of all four of them.
5255 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5259 \begin_layout Standard
5260 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5262 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5271 reset the environment to
5275 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5276 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5277 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5281 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5284 to break paragraphs.
5287 \begin_layout Standard
5288 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5289 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5291 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5292 you read all of section
5293 \begin_inset space ~
5297 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5299 reference "sec:Nesting"
5307 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5313 \begin_inset Index idx
5316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5323 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5332 \begin_layout Standard
5333 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5337 paragraph environment.
5338 It has the following properties:
5341 \begin_layout Itemize
5342 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5346 \begin_layout Itemize
5347 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5350 \begin_layout Itemize
5351 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5355 \begin_layout Itemize
5356 The items can have any length.
5357 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5358 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5365 \begin_layout Itemize
5370 environment inside another
5374 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5378 \begin_layout Itemize
5379 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5382 \begin_layout Itemize
5383 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5386 \begin_layout Itemize
5388 \begin_inset space ~
5392 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5394 reference "sec:Nesting"
5398 for a full explanation of nesting.
5402 \begin_layout Standard
5403 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5412 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5415 \begin_layout Standard
5416 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5417 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5420 \begin_layout Itemize
5421 The label for the first level
5425 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5429 \begin_layout Itemize
5430 The label for the second level is a dash.
5434 \begin_layout Itemize
5435 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5439 \begin_layout Itemize
5440 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5444 \begin_layout Itemize
5445 Back out to the third level.
5449 \begin_layout Itemize
5450 Back to the second level.
5454 \begin_layout Itemize
5455 Back to the outermost level.
5458 \begin_layout Standard
5459 These are the default labels for an
5464 You can customize these labels in the
5466 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5469 dialog in the submenu
5476 \begin_inset Index idx
5479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5488 \begin_layout Standard
5489 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5490 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5492 \begin_inset space ~
5496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5498 reference "sec:Nesting"
5505 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5511 \begin_inset Index idx
5514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5521 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5523 name "sec:Enumerate"
5530 \begin_layout Standard
5535 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5536 It has these properties:
5539 \begin_layout Enumerate
5540 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5544 \begin_layout Enumerate
5545 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5549 \begin_layout Enumerate
5550 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5553 \begin_layout Enumerate
5558 environment resets the counter to one.
5561 \begin_layout Enumerate
5574 \begin_layout Enumerate
5575 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5576 Items can have any length.
5579 \begin_layout Enumerate
5580 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5583 \begin_layout Enumerate
5584 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5587 \begin_layout Enumerate
5588 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5592 \begin_layout Standard
5601 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5602 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5609 \begin_layout Enumerate
5610 The first level of an
5614 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5618 \begin_layout Enumerate
5619 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5623 \begin_layout Enumerate
5624 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5628 \begin_layout Enumerate
5629 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5632 \begin_layout Enumerate
5633 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5638 \begin_layout Enumerate
5639 Back to the third level
5643 \begin_layout Enumerate
5644 Back to the second level.
5648 \begin_layout Enumerate
5649 Back to the outermost level.
5652 \begin_layout Standard
5653 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5658 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5663 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5667 \begin_layout Standard
5668 There is more to nesting
5672 environments than we've stated here.
5673 You should read section
5674 \begin_inset space ~
5678 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5680 reference "sec:Nesting"
5684 to learn more about nesting.
5687 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5693 \begin_inset Index idx
5696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5705 \begin_layout Standard
5706 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5710 list has no fixed label.
5711 Instead, LyX uses the first
5712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5719 of the first line as the label.
5723 \begin_layout Description
5724 Example: This is an example of the
5731 \begin_layout Standard
5732 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5736 \begin_layout Standard
5738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5745 it is meant that the first hit of the
5749 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5751 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5759 arg "space-insert protected"
5764 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5765 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5767 \begin_inset space ~
5773 \begin_inset space ~
5777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5779 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5783 for more info.) Here is an example:
5786 \begin_layout Description
5788 \begin_inset space ~
5791 Example: This one shows how to use a
5794 \begin_inset space ~
5806 \begin_layout Description
5807 Usage: You should use the
5811 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5812 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5814 It's not a good idea to use a
5818 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5819 You're better off using
5831 paragraphs into them.
5834 \begin_layout Description
5835 Nesting: You can nest
5839 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5843 \begin_layout Standard
5844 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5845 them from the first line.
5848 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5854 \begin_inset Index idx
5857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5866 \begin_layout Standard
5871 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5874 \begin_layout Standard
5875 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5883 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5888 environment is named
5900 \begin_layout Standard
5909 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5910 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5913 \begin_layout Labeling
5914 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5916 \begin_inset space ~
5919 labels LyX uses the first
5920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5927 of each line as the item label.
5932 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5933 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5934 blank as described above.
5937 \begin_layout Labeling
5938 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5939 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5940 the body of the item text.
5941 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5942 label width plus a little extra space.
5946 \begin_layout Labeling
5947 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5949 \begin_inset space ~
5952 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5954 If the label width is larger, the label
5955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5962 into the first line.
5963 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5964 margin of the rest of the item text.
5967 \begin_layout Labeling
5968 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5970 \begin_inset space ~
5973 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5978 environment have the same left margin.
5979 \begin_inset Newline newline
5982 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5985 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5987 \begin_inset space ~
5996 \begin_inset space ~
6001 determines the default label width.
6002 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6011 multiple times instead.
6012 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6021 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6024 \begin_inset space ~
6029 every time you alter a label in a
6034 \begin_inset Newline newline
6037 The predefined default width is the length of
6038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6047 \begin_inset Newline newline
6051 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6059 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6060 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6068 \begin_layout Standard
6073 environment the same way like the
6077 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6083 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6087 \begin_layout Standard
6092 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6094 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6096 \begin_inset space ~
6100 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6102 reference "sec:Nesting"
6106 to learn about nesting.
6109 \begin_layout Standard
6110 There is yet another feature of the
6114 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6116 You can use additional
6120 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6125 are documented in section
6126 \begin_inset space ~
6130 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6132 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6137 Here are some examples:
6138 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6144 \begin_layout Labeling
6145 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6146 Left The default for
6153 \begin_layout Labeling
6154 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6155 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6162 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6165 \begin_layout Labeling
6166 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6167 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6171 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6178 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6181 \begin_layout Subsection
6183 \begin_inset Index idx
6186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6195 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6203 \begin_inset space ~
6211 \begin_layout Standard
6212 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6220 \begin_inset space ~
6226 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6227 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6228 In contrast, you can use the
6235 \begin_inset space ~
6240 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6241 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6245 \begin_layout Standard
6246 Of course, you're not limited to using
6253 \begin_inset space ~
6262 \begin_inset space ~
6267 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6268 some European academic papers.
6271 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6273 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6275 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6282 \begin_layout Standard
6287 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6288 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6292 \begin_inset space ~
6297 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6298 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6299 Here's an example of each:
6302 \begin_layout Right Address
6304 \begin_inset Newline newline
6308 \begin_inset Newline newline
6312 \begin_inset Newline newline
6315 When is it? What is today?
6318 \begin_layout Standard
6322 \begin_inset space ~
6328 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6329 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6330 Here's an example of the
6337 \begin_layout Address
6339 \begin_inset Newline newline
6342 Where do I send this
6343 \begin_inset Newline newline
6346 Your post office and country
6349 \begin_layout Standard
6350 As you can see, both
6357 \begin_inset space ~
6362 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6367 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6373 This makes sense, since
6381 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6382 Thus, you have to use
6389 arg "newline-insert newline"
6395 \begin_inset space ~
6398 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6400 \begin_inset space ~
6409 menu) to start a new line in an
6416 \begin_inset space ~
6424 \begin_layout Subsection
6428 \begin_layout Standard
6429 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6430 or list of references.
6431 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6434 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6438 \begin_inset Index idx
6441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6450 \begin_layout Standard
6455 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6456 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6457 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6458 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6462 in anything else or vice versa.
6468 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6469 The book document classes ignores the
6473 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6477 in a letter document class.
6480 \begin_layout Standard
6485 environment does several things for you.
6486 First, it puts the centered label
6487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6495 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6497 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6498 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6499 the subsequent text.
6500 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6501 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6504 \begin_layout Standard
6505 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6509 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6510 The new paragraph will still be in the
6515 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6516 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6519 \begin_layout Standard
6520 \begin_inset Float figure
6525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6527 \begin_inset Graphics
6528 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6536 \begin_inset Caption
6538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6539 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6541 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6562 \begin_layout Standard
6563 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6567 environment, but since this document is in the
6568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6575 class, we can't do this.
6576 We inserted it therefore as figure
6577 \begin_inset space ~
6581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6583 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6588 If you've never heard of an
6589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6596 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6599 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6605 \begin_inset Index idx
6608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6615 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6617 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6624 \begin_layout Standard
6629 environment is used to list references.
6630 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6631 only use it at the end of the document.
6636 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6639 \begin_layout Standard
6640 When you first open a
6644 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6660 depending on the document class.
6661 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6662 Each paragraph of the
6666 environment is a bibliography entry.
6671 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6672 Each new paragraph is still in the
6679 \begin_layout Standard
6680 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6681 by using a BibTeX database.
6682 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6683 phy handling, have a look at in section
6684 \begin_inset space ~
6688 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6690 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6697 \begin_layout Subsection
6701 \begin_inset Index idx
6704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6705 Paragraph ! LyX code
6711 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6720 \begin_layout Standard
6725 environment is another LyX extension.
6726 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6731 key as a fixed whitespace;
6735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6747 \begin_inset space ~
6752 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6757 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6758 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6761 arg "newline-insert newline"
6778 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6779 So, when you finish using the
6783 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6784 Also, you can nest the
6788 environment inside of others.
6791 \begin_layout Standard
6792 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6795 \begin_layout Itemize
6799 arg "newline-insert newline"
6802 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6803 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6807 \begin_inset space \space{}
6817 arg "newline-insert newline"
6823 \begin_layout Itemize
6827 arg "newline-insert newline"
6838 \begin_layout Itemize
6843 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6850 \begin_layout Itemize
6854 arg "space-insert protected"
6861 \begin_layout Itemize
6862 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6863 You must put at least one
6867 in any line you want blank.
6868 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6871 \begin_layout Itemize
6872 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6876 since that will insert
6881 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6884 arg "self-insert \""
6890 \begin_layout Standard
6894 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6898 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6902 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6906 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6910 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6911 printf("Hello World!
6916 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6920 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6924 \begin_layout Standard
6925 This is just the standard
6926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6937 \begin_layout Standard
6942 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6943 rc-files, and so on.
6944 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6945 as if you used a typewriter.
6946 \begin_inset Index idx
6949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6950 Paragraph environments|)
6958 \begin_layout Section
6959 Nesting Environments
6960 \begin_inset Index idx
6963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6964 Nesting ! Environments
6970 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6979 \begin_layout Subsection
6983 \begin_layout Standard
6984 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6986 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6988 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6990 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7002 \begin_layout Enumerate
7006 \begin_layout Enumerate
7011 \begin_layout Enumerate
7015 \begin_layout Enumerate
7020 \begin_layout Enumerate
7024 \begin_layout Standard
7025 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7026 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7029 \begin_inset space ~
7033 \begin_inset space ~
7041 \begin_inset space ~
7045 \begin_inset space ~
7054 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7055 will tell you how far you are nested).
7056 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7057 \begin_inset Graphics
7058 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
7063 \begin_inset Graphics
7064 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
7068 or the convenient key bindings
7079 arg "depth-increment"
7085 arg "depth-decrement"
7088 to change the nesting level.
7089 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7090 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7094 \begin_layout Standard
7095 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7096 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7097 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7098 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7101 \begin_layout Standard
7102 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7103 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7105 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7108 \begin_layout Subsection
7109 What You Can and Can't Nest
7112 \begin_layout Standard
7113 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7114 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7117 \begin_layout Standard
7118 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7119 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7120 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7123 \begin_layout Itemize
7124 Completely unnestable
7127 \begin_layout Itemize
7128 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7132 \begin_layout Itemize
7133 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7137 \begin_layout Standard
7138 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7139 environments have them:
7142 \begin_layout Description
7143 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7144 Can't nest into them.
7148 \begin_layout Itemize
7154 \begin_layout Itemize
7160 \begin_layout Itemize
7166 \begin_layout Itemize
7172 \begin_layout Itemize
7179 \begin_layout Description
7181 \begin_inset space ~
7184 Nestable You can nest them.
7185 You can nest other things into them.
7189 \begin_layout Itemize
7195 \begin_layout Itemize
7201 \begin_layout Itemize
7207 \begin_layout Itemize
7213 \begin_layout Itemize
7219 \begin_layout Itemize
7225 \begin_layout Itemize
7231 \begin_layout Itemize
7238 \begin_layout Description
7239 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7240 You can't nest anything into them.
7244 \begin_layout Itemize
7250 \begin_layout Itemize
7256 \begin_layout Itemize
7262 \begin_layout Itemize
7268 \begin_layout Itemize
7274 \begin_layout Itemize
7280 \begin_layout Itemize
7286 \begin_layout Itemize
7292 \begin_layout Itemize
7298 \begin_layout Itemize
7304 \begin_layout Itemize
7310 \begin_layout Itemize
7316 \begin_layout Itemize
7322 \begin_layout Itemize
7326 \begin_inset space ~
7332 \begin_layout Itemize
7339 \begin_layout Standard
7340 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7348 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7357 \begin_inset space ~
7361 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7365 \begin_inset space \space{}
7368 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7369 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7370 section headings violate this.
7378 \begin_layout Subsection
7379 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7380 \begin_inset Index idx
7383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7384 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7392 \begin_layout Standard
7393 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7394 affected by nesting anyhow.
7398 \begin_layout Itemize
7402 \begin_layout Itemize
7406 \begin_layout Itemize
7410 \begin_layout Standard
7412 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7420 Figures and tables in
7424 are not affected by this.
7429 Have a look at section
7430 \begin_inset space ~
7434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7436 reference "sec:Floats"
7440 for more information about
7447 \begin_layout Standard
7448 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7449 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7453 \begin_layout Standard
7454 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7462 of its own, it behaves just like a
7463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7470 paragraph environment.
7471 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7475 \begin_layout Standard
7476 Here's an example with a table:
7479 \begin_layout Enumerate
7484 \begin_layout Enumerate
7485 This is (a) and it's nested.
7489 \begin_layout Standard
7490 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7496 \begin_layout Standard
7498 \begin_inset Tabular
7499 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7500 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7501 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7502 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7586 \begin_layout Standard
7587 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7594 \begin_layout Enumerate
7596 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7600 \begin_layout Enumerate
7604 \begin_layout Standard
7605 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7608 \begin_layout Enumerate
7613 \begin_layout Enumerate
7614 This is (a) and it's nested.
7618 \begin_layout Standard
7619 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7625 \begin_layout Standard
7627 \begin_inset Tabular
7628 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7629 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7630 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7631 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7715 \begin_layout Standard
7716 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7722 \begin_layout Enumerate
7729 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7732 \begin_layout Enumerate
7736 \begin_layout Standard
7737 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7741 \begin_layout Standard
7742 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7744 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7747 \begin_layout Enumerate
7752 \begin_layout Enumerate
7753 This is (a) and it's nested.
7756 \begin_layout Standard
7757 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7763 \begin_layout Standard
7765 \begin_inset Tabular
7766 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7767 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7768 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7769 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7853 \begin_layout Standard
7854 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7860 \begin_layout Enumerate
7862 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7870 \begin_layout Enumerate
7874 \begin_layout Standard
7875 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7881 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7882 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7886 \begin_layout Subsection
7887 Usage and General Features
7890 \begin_layout Standard
7891 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7900 is the innermost possible depth.
7901 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7904 \begin_layout Enumerate
7905 level #1 – outermost
7909 \begin_layout Enumerate
7914 \begin_layout Enumerate
7919 \begin_layout Enumerate
7924 \begin_layout Itemize
7929 \begin_layout Itemize
7938 \begin_layout Standard
7939 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7940 both of them in the example.
7941 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7951 For example, if we tried to nest another
7956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7963 , we would get errors.
7966 \begin_layout Subsection
7968 \begin_inset Index idx
7971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7980 \begin_layout Standard
7981 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7982 We have several examples of nested environments.
7983 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7987 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7988 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7991 \begin_layout Labeling
7992 \labelwidthstring MMM
7993 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8002 \begin_layout Labeling
8003 \labelwidthstring MMM
8004 #2-a This is level #2.
8005 We created it by using
8008 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8014 arg "depth-increment"
8021 \begin_layout Labeling
8022 \labelwidthstring MMM
8023 #3-a This is level #3.
8024 This time, we just hit
8031 arg "depth-increment"
8035 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8039 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8045 arg "depth-increment"
8052 \begin_layout Standard
8057 environment, nested inside of
8058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8066 So, it's at level #4.
8067 We did this by hitting
8070 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8076 arg "depth-increment"
8079 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8084 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8100 \begin_layout Standard
8105 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8108 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8114 \begin_layout Labeling
8115 \labelwidthstring MMM
8116 #4-a This is level #4.
8120 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8123 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8128 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8132 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8137 keep nesting things inside
8138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8149 \begin_layout Labeling
8150 \labelwidthstring MMM
8151 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8156 \begin_layout Labeling
8157 \labelwidthstring MMM
8158 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8159 and this is level #6.
8160 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8164 \begin_layout Labeling
8165 \labelwidthstring MMM
8166 #5-b Back to level #5.
8170 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8176 arg "depth-decrement"
8183 \begin_layout Labeling
8184 \labelwidthstring MMM
8188 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8194 arg "depth-decrement"
8197 , we're back at level #4.
8201 \begin_layout Labeling
8202 \labelwidthstring MMM
8203 #3-b Back to level #3.
8204 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8208 \begin_layout Labeling
8209 \labelwidthstring MMM
8210 #2-b Back to level #2.
8215 \begin_layout Labeling
8216 \labelwidthstring MMM
8217 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8218 After this sentence, we'll hit
8222 and change the paragraph environment back to
8229 \begin_layout Standard
8230 We could have also used the
8246 environment in place of the
8251 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8254 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8255 Example 2: Inheritance
8258 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8259 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8262 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8271 arg "depth-increment"
8274 , after which, we'll change to the
8282 \begin_layout Enumerate
8287 environment, at level #2.
8290 \begin_layout Enumerate
8291 Notice how the nested
8295 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8299 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8303 \begin_layout Standard
8304 We ended this example by hitting
8309 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8313 and reset the nesting depth by using
8316 arg "depth-decrement"
8322 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8323 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8336 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8344 \begin_layout Enumerate
8345 This is level #1, in an
8349 paragraph environment.
8350 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8354 \begin_layout Enumerate
8359 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8365 arg "depth-increment"
8369 Now, what happens if we nest an
8373 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8374 label be? An asterisk?
8378 \begin_layout Itemize
8388 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8389 So, its label is a bullet.
8390 (We got here by using
8393 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8399 arg "depth-increment"
8402 , then changing the environment to
8410 \begin_layout Itemize
8411 Here's level #4, produced using
8414 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8420 arg "depth-increment"
8424 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8429 \begin_layout Enumerate
8430 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8432 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8437 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8441 , because we are in the
8450 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8469 \begin_layout Enumerate
8474 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8475 type of numbering does LyX use?
8478 \begin_layout Enumerate
8479 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8482 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8485 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8488 \begin_layout Enumerate
8492 arg "depth-decrement"
8495 to decrease the depth after the next
8498 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8505 \begin_layout Enumerate
8507 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8511 \begin_layout Enumerate
8513 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8514 numeral as the label.Why?
8517 \begin_layout Enumerate
8518 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8527 Notice, however, that LyX
8531 reset the counter for the label.
8535 \begin_layout Enumerate
8539 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8545 arg "depth-decrement"
8548 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8549 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8550 into the twofold-nested
8558 \begin_layout Enumerate
8559 The same thing happens if we do another
8562 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8568 arg "depth-decrement"
8571 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8574 \begin_layout Standard
8575 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8580 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8594 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8600 The same rule applies for the
8604 environment, as well.
8607 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8608 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8611 \begin_layout Enumerate
8612 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8613 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8614 same detail with how we did it.
8623 \begin_layout Standard
8631 arg "depth-increment"
8638 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8639 example in parentheses someplace.
8640 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8641 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8642 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8646 \begin_layout Enumerate
8651 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8656 Now we'll add verse.
8657 \begin_inset Newline newline
8660 It will get much worse.
8661 \begin_inset Newline newline
8671 arg "depth-increment"
8682 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8683 \begin_inset Newline newline
8686 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8687 \begin_inset Newline newline
8693 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8706 \begin_layout Standard
8707 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8713 \begin_layout Standard
8715 \begin_inset Tabular
8716 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8717 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8718 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8719 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8808 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8818 arg "depth-increment"
8824 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8834 arg "depth-decrement"
8841 \begin_layout Enumerate
8846 : level #1) This is another item.
8847 Note that selecting a
8851 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8852 3 times to put the table inside the
8860 \begin_layout Quotation
8861 We're now ending the
8865 list and changing to
8870 We're still at level #1.
8871 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8872 The next set of paragraphs is a
8873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8887 \begin_inset space ~
8892 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8896 for the letter body.
8900 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8903 to preserve the depth.
8904 Remember that you need to use
8907 arg "newline-insert newline"
8910 to create multiple lines inside the
8917 \begin_inset space ~
8927 \begin_layout Right Address
8929 \begin_inset Newline newline
8932 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8933 \begin_inset Newline newline
8939 \begin_layout Address
8941 \begin_inset space ~
8947 \begin_layout Quotation
8948 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8949 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8952 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8953 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8954 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8955 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8956 as soon as possible.
8957 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8960 \begin_layout Quotation
8961 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8962 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8963 with your order, along with payment.
8966 \begin_layout Quotation
8967 We thank you again for your patience.
8970 \begin_layout Address
8972 \begin_inset Newline newline
8979 \begin_layout Quotation
8980 That ends that example!
8983 \begin_layout Standard
8984 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8985 just a few keystrokes.
8986 We could have easily nested an
9007 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9010 \begin_layout Section
9011 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9012 \begin_inset Index idx
9015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9024 \begin_layout Standard
9025 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9026 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9027 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9028 be broken at the end of a line.
9029 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9033 \begin_layout Subsection
9035 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9037 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9042 \begin_inset Index idx
9045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9054 \begin_layout Standard
9055 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9057 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
9061 Further documentation is given in section
9062 \begin_inset Newline newline
9066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9068 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9076 \begin_layout Standard
9077 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9090 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9092 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9101 A protected space is set with
9103 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9104 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9108 \begin_inset space ~
9118 arg "space-insert protected"
9124 \begin_layout Subsection
9126 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9128 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9133 \begin_inset Index idx
9136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9137 Spacing ! Horizontal
9145 \begin_layout Standard
9146 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9148 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9149 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9153 The length units are listed in Appendix
9154 \begin_inset space ~
9158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9160 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9167 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9169 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9171 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9176 \begin_inset Index idx
9179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9188 \begin_layout Standard
9190 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9194 \begin_inset space \space{}
9197 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9198 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9199 \begin_inset space ~
9203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9205 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9210 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9211 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9214 arg "space-insert normal"
9220 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9222 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9224 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9229 \begin_inset Index idx
9232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9241 \begin_layout Standard
9243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9250 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9259 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9260 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9261 inside abbreviations:
9266 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9270 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9273 \begin_layout Standard
9274 or between values and units.
9275 Compare for example this:
9276 \begin_inset Newline newline
9280 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9284 \begin_inset Newline newline
9290 \begin_layout Standard
9291 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9293 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9294 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9296 \begin_inset space ~
9304 arg "space-insert thin"
9310 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9312 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9314 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9321 \begin_layout Standard
9322 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9325 \begin_layout Description
9327 \begin_inset space ~
9331 \begin_inset space ~
9335 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9339 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9343 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9346 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9349 \begin_layout Description
9351 \begin_inset space ~
9355 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9359 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9363 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9367 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9371 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9374 em) space between the arrows.
9377 \begin_layout Description
9379 \begin_inset space ~
9383 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9387 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9391 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9395 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9399 \begin_inset space ~
9403 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9406 em) space between the arrows.
9409 \begin_layout Description
9411 \begin_inset space ~
9415 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9419 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9423 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9427 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9431 \begin_inset space ~
9435 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9438 em) space between the arrows.
9441 \begin_layout Description
9443 \begin_inset space ~
9447 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9451 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9456 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9460 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9463 cm space between the arrows.
9466 \begin_layout Standard
9468 \begin_inset space ~
9472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9474 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9478 lists the different space sizes.
9481 \begin_layout Standard
9482 \begin_inset Float table
9487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9489 \begin_inset Caption
9491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9492 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9494 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9498 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9508 \begin_inset Tabular
9509 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9510 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9511 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9512 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9552 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9576 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9600 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9624 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9639 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9652 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9667 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9680 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9695 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9708 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9729 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9735 \begin_inset Index idx
9738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9747 \begin_layout Standard
9748 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9749 in a uniform fashion.
9750 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9751 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9752 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9753 equally between themselves.
9757 \begin_layout Standard
9758 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9763 This is on the left side
9764 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9767 This is on the right
9773 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9777 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9786 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9790 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9794 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9800 \begin_layout Standard
9801 That was an example in the
9807 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9811 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9815 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9818 is one in a standard paragraph.
9819 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9823 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9826 \begin_layout Standard
9827 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9830 \begin_inset space ~
9835 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9838 \begin_layout Standard
9840 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9844 \begin_inset space ~
9850 \begin_layout Standard
9852 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9856 \begin_inset space ~
9862 \begin_layout Standard
9864 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9868 \begin_inset space ~
9874 \begin_layout Standard
9876 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9880 \begin_inset space ~
9886 \begin_layout Standard
9888 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9892 \begin_inset space ~
9898 \begin_layout Standard
9900 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9904 \begin_inset space ~
9910 \begin_layout Standard
9911 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9919 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9923 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9924 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9925 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9929 option in the space dialog.
9937 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9939 \begin_inset Index idx
9942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9951 \begin_layout Standard
9952 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9954 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9958 \begin_inset space \space{}
9961 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9964 \begin_layout Standard
9965 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9968 What is correct English?:
9969 \begin_inset Newline newline
9973 \begin_inset Newline newline
9977 \begin_inset space ~
9980 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9981 \begin_inset Newline newline
9988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9999 \begin_inset Newline newline
10006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10017 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10023 \begin_layout Standard
10024 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10029 \begin_inset space ~
10033 \begin_inset space ~
10037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10041 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
10051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10053 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10059 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
10063 for more information about TeX-Code.
10069 In our case write the command
10076 (note the space after
10077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10084 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
10085 The command prints out the phrase within the two braces, but invisible.
10086 That is why it is named
10087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10099 There exists also the commands
10111 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
10112 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
10113 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
10115 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
10127 \begin_layout Subsection
10129 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10131 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10136 \begin_inset Index idx
10139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10148 \begin_layout Standard
10149 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10151 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10152 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10154 \begin_inset space ~
10160 There you find the following sizes:
10163 \begin_layout Standard
10176 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10181 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10183 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10187 \begin_inset Index idx
10190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10191 Document ! Settings
10196 for the paragraph separation.
10197 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10208 \begin_layout Standard
10214 \begin_inset Index idx
10217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10223 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10224 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10226 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10227 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10236 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10245 s are described in section
10246 \begin_inset space ~
10250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10252 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10261 If there are several
10265 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10266 You can therefore use
10270 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10273 \begin_layout Standard
10278 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10279 \begin_inset space ~
10283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10285 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10292 \begin_layout Standard
10293 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10303 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10304 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10316 \begin_layout Subsection
10317 Paragraph Alignment
10320 \begin_layout Standard
10321 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10323 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10327 There are five possibilities:
10330 \begin_layout Itemize
10338 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10344 \begin_layout Itemize
10352 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10358 \begin_layout Itemize
10366 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10372 \begin_layout Itemize
10380 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10386 \begin_layout Itemize
10394 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10400 \begin_layout Standard
10401 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10402 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10403 the left and right margins.
10404 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10407 \begin_layout Standard
10409 This paragraph is right aligned,
10412 \begin_layout Standard
10414 this one is centered,
10417 \begin_layout Standard
10419 this one is left aligned.
10422 \begin_layout Subsection
10424 \begin_inset Index idx
10427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10428 Page breaks ! Forced
10434 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10436 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10443 \begin_layout Standard
10444 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10445 can force a page break where you want one.
10446 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10447 Only if you use a lot of
10451 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10454 \begin_layout Standard
10455 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10456 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10460 have to change the page breaking.
10463 \begin_layout Standard
10464 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10466 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10468 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10469 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10471 \begin_inset space ~
10477 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10479 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10480 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10482 \begin_inset space ~
10487 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10489 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10490 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10493 \begin_layout Standard
10494 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10495 at the top of a page.
10496 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10497 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10498 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10499 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10503 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10507 to learn more about
10514 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10516 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10518 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10523 \begin_inset Index idx
10526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10527 Page breaks ! Clear
10535 \begin_layout Standard
10536 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10537 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10538 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10539 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10540 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10543 \begin_layout Standard
10544 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10546 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10547 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10549 \begin_inset space ~
10555 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10557 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10558 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10560 \begin_inset space ~
10564 \begin_inset space ~
10569 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10570 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10573 \begin_layout Subsection
10575 \begin_inset Index idx
10578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10585 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10587 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10594 \begin_layout Standard
10595 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10597 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10599 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10600 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10602 \begin_inset space ~
10606 \begin_inset space ~
10614 arg "newline-insert newline"
10618 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10620 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10621 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10623 \begin_inset space ~
10627 \begin_inset space ~
10632 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10634 This is necessary to avoid
10635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10642 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10645 \begin_layout Standard
10646 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10647 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10648 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10649 set a line break, e.
10650 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10654 \begin_inset space \space{}
10657 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10658 \begin_inset space ~
10662 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10664 reference "sec:Quote"
10669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10671 reference "sec:Verse"
10676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10678 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10685 \begin_layout Subsection
10687 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10689 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10694 \begin_inset Index idx
10697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10706 \begin_layout Standard
10711 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10712 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10714 \begin_inset space ~
10719 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10725 \begin_layout Section
10726 Characters and Symbols
10729 \begin_layout Standard
10730 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10731 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10732 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10736 \begin_inset space \space{}
10739 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10741 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10747 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10751 for information on how this is done.
10754 \begin_layout Standard
10755 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10760 dialog via the menu
10762 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10763 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10769 \begin_layout Standard
10770 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10778 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10779 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10780 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10788 \begin_layout Section
10789 Fonts and Text Styles
10790 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10792 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10799 \begin_layout Subsection
10801 \begin_inset Index idx
10804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10813 \begin_layout Standard
10814 There are two types of fonts:
10817 \begin_layout Description
10819 \begin_inset space ~
10823 \begin_inset Index idx
10826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10832 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10833 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10837 characters) in the font.
10838 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10839 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10840 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10841 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10842 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10843 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10844 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10845 \begin_inset Newline newline
10848 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10849 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10850 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10851 sizes than at small ones.
10852 \begin_inset Newline newline
10866 \begin_inset space ~
10874 \begin_layout Description
10876 \begin_inset space ~
10880 \begin_inset Index idx
10883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10889 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10890 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10891 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10892 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10893 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10894 picture manipulation program.
10895 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10896 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10897 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10898 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10899 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10901 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10902 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10903 \begin_inset Newline newline
10906 Bitmap fonts are named
10909 \begin_inset space ~
10914 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10917 \begin_layout Standard
10918 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10919 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10920 So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10921 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10922 use scalable fonts.
10925 \begin_layout Standard
10926 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10927 its document properties.
10930 \begin_layout Standard
10931 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10932 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10933 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10934 font to emphasize text, you use an
10935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10943 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10944 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10948 \begin_layout Subsection
10949 Document Font and Font size
10950 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10952 name "sub:Document-Font"
10957 \begin_inset Index idx
10960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10967 \begin_inset Index idx
10970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10979 \begin_layout Standard
10980 You can set the document fonts in the
10982 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10986 \begin_inset Index idx
10989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10990 Document ! Settings
10996 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10997 font shapes roman (serif),
11000 \begin_inset space ~
11012 \begin_layout Standard
11013 The possible options for the font include
11017 and a list of fonts available on your system.
11022 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
11023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11044 European Computer Modern
11047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11057 \begin_layout Standard
11066 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
11067 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
11071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11072 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
11075 \begin_inset space ~
11080 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11086 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11087 There are three ways to use one:
11090 \begin_layout Itemize
11091 One way is to use the
11101 Virtual means that it
11102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11113 -glyphs from other fonts.
11114 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11136 Loading the LaTeX-package
11141 \begin_inset Index idx
11144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11145 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11150 with the document preamble line
11151 \begin_inset Newline newline
11158 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11159 \begin_inset Newline newline
11164 will fix the guillemet problem.
11169 and that accented characters are not
11173 glyph, they are build of
11177 characters, the accent and the letter.
11178 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
11182 fonts for words with accented characters.
11183 If you search for example for the French word
11184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11191 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11200 and not for the glyph
11201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11205 \begin_inset space ~
11209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11215 \begin_layout Itemize
11216 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11229 , consist of these three main font types
11232 \begin_inset space ~
11261 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11265 \begin_inset space ~
11272 as typewriter font.
11273 \begin_inset Newline newline
11276 The differences between roman,
11279 \begin_inset space ~
11288 fonts are explained in section
11289 \begin_inset space ~
11293 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11295 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11300 \begin_inset Newline newline
11307 was originally designed for newspapers.
11308 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11309 into the small newspaper columns.
11314 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11317 \begin_layout Itemize
11318 The best solution is to use the
11327 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11331 as the default font.
11332 In most cases they look the same as
11340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11341 One difference is improved kerning for the
11354 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11365 \begin_layout Standard
11366 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11369 For the font size there are four possible values:
11386 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11389 \begin_layout Standard
11390 The font sizes are the
11395 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11396 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11397 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11400 \begin_inset space ~
11406 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11407 \begin_inset space ~
11411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11413 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11420 \begin_layout Standard
11425 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11426 a font to display the script characters.
11430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11431 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11436 So this has no effect for the document language
11452 \begin_layout Standard
11453 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11457 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11465 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11469 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11470 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11471 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11473 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11476 dialog, see section
11477 \begin_inset space ~
11481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11483 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11495 \begin_layout Subsection
11496 Using Different Character Styles
11497 \begin_inset Index idx
11500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11507 \begin_inset Index idx
11510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11519 \begin_layout Standard
11520 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11521 certain paragraph environments.
11522 LyX supports two character styles,
11531 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11535 \begin_layout Standard
11540 style, do one of the following:
11543 \begin_layout Itemize
11544 click on the toolbar button
11545 \begin_inset Graphics
11546 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11553 \begin_layout Itemize
11554 use the key binding
11563 \begin_layout Standard
11564 These commands are all toggles.
11569 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11572 \begin_layout Standard
11573 One typically uses the
11577 style for proper names.
11579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11586 is the original author of LyX.
11587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11593 \begin_layout Standard
11594 A more widely used character style is the
11599 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11606 \begin_layout Itemize
11607 clicking on the toolbar button
11608 \begin_inset Graphics
11609 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11616 \begin_layout Itemize
11617 using the keybindings
11626 \begin_layout Standard
11631 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11632 es use a different font.
11635 \begin_layout Standard
11636 We've been using the
11640 style all over the place in this document.
11641 Here's one more example:
11644 \begin_layout Quotation
11647 Don't overuse character styles!
11650 \begin_layout Standard
11651 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11652 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11653 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11654 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11658 \begin_layout Standard
11659 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11667 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11669 \begin_inset space ~
11677 \begin_layout Subsection
11678 Fine-Tuning with the
11683 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11685 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11690 \begin_inset Index idx
11693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11702 \begin_layout Standard
11703 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11704 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11705 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11706 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11707 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11708 from ordinary dialog.
11711 \begin_layout Standard
11712 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11713 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11714 \begin_inset Newline newline
11717 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11718 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11721 \begin_layout Standard
11722 To use custom character styles, open the
11724 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11726 \begin_inset space ~
11732 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11733 font property which you can choose.
11734 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11737 \begin_inset space ~
11742 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11747 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11748 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11749 environments in a snap.
11752 \begin_layout Standard
11753 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11756 \begin_inset space ~
11768 \begin_layout Labeling
11769 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11783 The possible options are:
11787 \begin_layout Labeling
11788 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11793 This is the Roman font family.
11794 Normally a serif font.
11795 It's also the default family.
11805 \begin_layout Labeling
11806 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11810 \begin_inset space ~
11817 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11829 \begin_layout Labeling
11830 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11837 This is the Typewriter font family.
11843 arg "font-typewriter"
11852 \begin_layout Labeling
11853 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11858 This corresponds to the print weight.
11863 \begin_layout Labeling
11864 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11869 This is the Medium font series.
11870 It's also the default series.
11873 \begin_layout Labeling
11874 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11881 This is the Bold font series.
11894 \begin_layout Labeling
11895 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11900 As the name implies.
11905 \begin_layout Labeling
11906 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11911 This is the Upright font shape.
11912 It's also the default shape.
11915 \begin_layout Labeling
11916 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11930 s the Italic font shape
11936 \begin_layout Labeling
11937 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11944 This is the Slanted font shape
11946 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11949 \begin_layout Labeling
11950 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11954 \begin_inset space ~
11961 This is the Small caps font shape
11968 \begin_layout Labeling
11969 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11974 Alters the size of the font.
11975 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11976 nal to the document font size.
11977 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11978 what you want to do.
11983 \begin_layout Labeling
11984 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12005 arg "font-size tiny"
12011 \begin_layout Labeling
12012 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12033 arg "font-size scriptsize"
12039 \begin_layout Labeling
12040 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12061 arg "font-size footnotesize"
12067 \begin_layout Labeling
12068 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12089 arg "font-size small"
12095 \begin_layout Labeling
12096 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12110 It's also the default size.
12114 arg "font-size normal"
12120 \begin_layout Labeling
12121 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12142 arg "font-size large"
12148 \begin_layout Labeling
12149 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12170 arg "font-size larger"
12176 \begin_layout Labeling
12177 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12198 arg "font-size largest"
12204 \begin_layout Labeling
12205 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12226 arg "font-size huge"
12232 \begin_layout Labeling
12233 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12254 arg "font-size giant"
12261 \begin_layout Standard
12266 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12267 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12268 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12269 — use that instead.
12270 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12273 \begin_layout Labeling
12274 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12279 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12284 \begin_layout Labeling
12285 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12292 This is text with emphasize on
12295 This might seem like the same as
12299 , but it is actually a bit different.
12305 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12307 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12310 \begin_layout Labeling
12311 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12318 This is text with Underbar on.
12324 arg "font-underline"
12330 \begin_inset Newline newline
12335 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12336 when you couldn't change fonts.
12337 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12338 It's only included in LyX because some people
12342 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12345 \begin_layout Labeling
12346 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12353 This is text with Noun on.
12360 , this is a logical attribute.
12361 Normally it's equivalent to
12364 \begin_inset space ~
12373 \begin_layout Labeling
12374 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12379 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12380 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12384 \begin_inset space ~
12389 , which is the default
12390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12397 and means normally black, you can choose between
12430 \begin_inset Index idx
12433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12442 \begin_layout Labeling
12443 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12448 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12449 the language of the document.
12450 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12454 \begin_layout Standard
12455 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12456 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12458 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12460 \begin_inset space ~
12465 dialog, the settings are saved.
12466 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12467 \begin_inset Graphics
12468 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12473 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12474 when the dialog isn't visible.
12478 \begin_layout Standard
12479 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12486 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12487 (suppose you just set the shape to
12488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12506 \begin_inset space ~
12518 \begin_layout Standard
12519 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12527 \begin_inset space ~
12539 \begin_layout Itemize
12545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12552 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12570 \begin_inset Newline newline
12577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12602 \begin_inset Note Note
12605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12606 For more on phantoms see section
12607 \begin_inset space ~
12611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12613 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12623 \begin_inset Newline newline
12629 \begin_layout Itemize
12634 fonts use characters with serifs.
12635 These are the small
12636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12643 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12644 The following example will show the difference:
12645 \begin_inset Newline newline
12649 \begin_inset Newline newline
12654 text without serifs
12657 \begin_inset Newline newline
12660 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12661 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12668 \begin_layout Itemize
12674 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12675 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12678 \begin_layout Standard
12679 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12680 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12683 \begin_layout Section
12684 Printing and Previewing
12687 \begin_layout Subsection
12691 \begin_layout Standard
12692 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12693 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12694 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12695 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12696 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12698 Additional Features
12703 \begin_layout Standard
12704 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12705 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12706 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12707 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12708 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12709 This happens in two stages:
12712 \begin_layout Enumerate
12713 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12714 generating a file with the extension,
12715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12729 \begin_layout Enumerate
12730 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12734 file to produce printable output.
12738 \begin_layout Subsection
12739 Output file formats
12740 \begin_inset Index idx
12743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12750 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12752 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12759 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12761 \begin_inset Index idx
12764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12765 File formats ! ASCII
12773 \begin_layout Standard
12774 This file type has the extension
12775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12787 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12791 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12798 \begin_layout Standard
12799 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12801 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12802 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12808 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12810 \begin_inset Index idx
12813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12814 File formats ! LaTeX
12822 \begin_layout Standard
12823 This file type has the extension
12824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12835 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12837 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12838 it manually with console commands.
12839 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12840 you view or export your document.
12843 \begin_layout Standard
12844 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12846 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12847 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12864 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12866 \begin_inset Index idx
12869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12878 \begin_layout Standard
12879 This file type has the extension
12880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12900 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12901 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12902 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12906 \begin_layout Standard
12907 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
12908 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12909 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12910 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12912 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12915 \begin_layout Standard
12916 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12918 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12919 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12925 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12927 \begin_inset Index idx
12930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12931 File formats ! PostScript
12939 \begin_layout Standard
12940 This file type has the extension
12941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12953 PostScript was developed by the company
12957 as a printer language.
12958 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12960 PostScript can be seen as a
12961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12964 programming language
12965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12968 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12973 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12979 \begin_inset Index idx
12982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12983 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12993 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12996 \begin_layout Standard
12997 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13001 Encapsulated PostScript
13002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13005 (EPS, file extension
13006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13018 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13019 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13021 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13024 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
13025 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13028 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
13029 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13030 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13031 EPS to avoid this problem.
13034 \begin_layout Standard
13035 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13037 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13038 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13044 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13046 \begin_inset Index idx
13049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13056 \begin_inset Index idx
13059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13068 \begin_layout Standard
13069 This file type has the extension
13070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13086 Portable Document Format
13087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13094 was derived from PostScript.
13095 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
13097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13104 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13105 looks exactly the same.
13108 \begin_layout Standard
13109 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13113 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13117 (JPG, file extension
13118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13145 Portable Network Graphics
13146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13149 (PNG, file extension
13150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13162 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13163 in the background to one of these formats.
13164 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13165 will slow down your workflow.
13166 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13169 \begin_layout Standard
13170 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13172 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13175 in three different ways:
13178 \begin_layout Description
13179 PDF This uses the program
13183 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13184 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13188 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13189 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13192 \begin_layout Description
13194 \begin_inset space ~
13197 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13201 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13205 \begin_layout Description
13207 \begin_inset space ~
13210 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13214 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13217 \begin_layout Standard
13218 We recommend to use
13221 \begin_inset space ~
13230 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13231 works without problems.
13236 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13239 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13241 \begin_inset Index idx
13244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13245 FileFormats ! XHTML
13251 \begin_inset Index idx
13254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13263 \begin_layout Standard
13264 This file type has the extension
13265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13277 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
13278 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
13279 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
13280 suitable for the purpose.
13281 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
13282 it, but not all do.
13285 \begin_layout Standard
13286 XHTML output remains
13287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13294 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
13296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13299 LyX and the World Wide Web
13300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13305 Additional Features
13307 manual, for more information.
13310 \begin_layout Standard
13311 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
13313 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13314 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13320 \begin_layout Subsection
13322 \begin_inset Index idx
13325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13334 \begin_layout Standard
13335 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13336 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13340 and choose a file type.
13341 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13344 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13347 you can use the toolbar button
13348 \begin_inset Graphics
13349 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13356 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13361 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13363 \begin_inset space ~
13369 \begin_inset Graphics
13370 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13376 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13380 \begin_inset Graphics
13381 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13388 arg "buffer-view ps"
13394 \begin_layout Standard
13395 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13396 viewer window using the menu
13398 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13404 \begin_layout Standard
13405 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13407 To have a real output, export your document.
13410 \begin_layout Subsection
13411 Printing the File from within LyX
13412 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13414 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13421 \begin_layout Standard
13422 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13423 it directly from within LyX.
13424 To print a file, select the menu
13426 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13429 or click on the toolbar button
13430 \begin_inset Graphics
13431 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13436 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13437 This file is then processed by the program
13441 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13446 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13449 \begin_layout Standard
13450 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
13451 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13452 printing one set to print on the other side.
13453 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13454 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13455 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13458 \begin_layout Standard
13459 You can set the parameters in the
13462 \begin_inset space ~
13470 \begin_layout Labeling
13471 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13476 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13481 Note that this printer name is for the program
13490 has to be configured for this printer name.
13491 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13492 \begin_inset space ~
13496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13498 reference "sub:Printer"
13507 The printer should understand PostScript.
13510 \begin_layout Labeling
13511 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13516 The name of a file to print to.
13517 The output will be a PostScript file.
13518 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13522 \begin_layout Section
13523 A few Words about Typography
13524 \begin_inset Index idx
13527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13536 \begin_layout Subsection
13538 \begin_inset Index idx
13541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13550 \begin_layout Standard
13552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13563 character comes in four lengths: the
13575 , and the minus sign:
13576 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13582 \begin_layout Standard
13583 \begin_inset Tabular
13584 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13585 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13586 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13587 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13588 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13589 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13618 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13658 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13683 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13685 \begin_inset space ~
13688 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13695 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13720 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13722 \begin_inset space ~
13725 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13746 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13780 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13786 \begin_layout Standard
13787 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13799 character multiple times in a row.
13800 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13801 the final output, but not in LyX.
13803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13807 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13819 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13823 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13833 \begin_layout Standard
13834 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13835 math mode and has a length of its own.
13836 Here are some examples of the
13837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13851 \begin_layout Enumerate
13852 line- and page-breaks
13853 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13863 \begin_layout Enumerate
13865 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13875 \begin_layout Enumerate
13876 Oh — there's a dash.
13877 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13887 \begin_layout Enumerate
13888 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13892 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13902 \begin_layout Subsection
13904 \begin_inset Index idx
13907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13914 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13916 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13923 \begin_layout Standard
13924 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13925 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13930 \begin_inset Index idx
13933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13934 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13939 following the rules of the document language
13943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13944 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13952 \begin_inset space ~
13956 \begin_inset space ~
13963 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13974 \begin_layout Standard
13975 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13980 font and with unusual constructs, like
13981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13989 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13990 This is done with the menu
13992 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13993 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13995 \begin_inset space ~
14001 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
14002 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
14005 \begin_layout Standard
14006 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
14007 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
14009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14017 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
14018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14025 as hyphenation possibility.
14026 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
14027 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into the
14028 argument of the LaTeX-box-command
14034 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
14035 As LyX doesn't support
14041 , you have to use TeX Code.
14042 The result looks in LyX like:
14045 \begin_layout Standard
14046 \begin_inset Graphics
14047 filename clipart/mbox.png
14054 \begin_layout Standard
14055 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
14056 \begin_inset space ~
14060 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14062 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14069 \begin_layout Subsection
14071 \begin_inset Index idx
14074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14083 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14084 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
14085 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14087 name "sub:Abbreviations"
14094 \begin_layout Standard
14095 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
14096 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
14097 LaTeX then adds the
14098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14101 appropriate amount of space
14102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14106 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
14108 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
14111 \begin_layout Standard
14112 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
14113 not work in all cases.
14115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14126 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14127 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14130 \begin_layout Standard
14131 Here are some examples of
14135 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14138 \begin_layout Itemize
14143 \begin_layout Itemize
14148 \begin_layout Standard
14149 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14152 \begin_layout Itemize
14154 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14158 this is too much space!
14161 \begin_layout Itemize
14166 \begin_layout Standard
14167 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14170 \begin_layout Standard
14171 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14174 \begin_layout Enumerate
14178 \begin_inset space ~
14183 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14184 \begin_inset space ~
14188 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14190 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14195 \begin_inset Index idx
14198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14199 Spaces ! inter-word
14207 \begin_layout Enumerate
14211 \begin_inset space ~
14216 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14217 \begin_inset space ~
14221 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14223 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14228 \begin_inset Index idx
14231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14240 \begin_layout Enumerate
14244 \begin_inset space ~
14248 \begin_inset space ~
14252 \begin_inset space ~
14259 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14261 \begin_inset space ~
14266 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14267 This function is also bound to
14270 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14276 \begin_layout Standard
14277 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14280 \begin_layout Itemize
14282 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14286 \begin_inset space \space{}
14289 this is too much space!
14292 \begin_layout Itemize
14293 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14297 \begin_layout Standard
14298 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14299 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14300 will take care of this.
14303 \begin_layout Standard
14304 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14308 \begin_inset space ~
14313 feature described in section
14319 Additional Features
14324 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14326 \begin_inset Index idx
14329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14330 Typography ! Quotes
14336 \begin_inset Index idx
14339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14370 \begin_layout Standard
14371 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14372 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14373 and use a closing quote at the end.
14375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14383 The keyboard character,
14387 , generates this automatically.
14390 \begin_layout Standard
14391 You can change the behavior of the
14395 key using the submenu
14401 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14405 \begin_inset Index idx
14408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14409 Document ! Settings
14417 \begin_layout Standard
14418 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14423 There are six choices:
14426 \begin_layout Labeling
14427 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14439 Use quotes like this
14440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14448 \begin_inset Quotes els
14452 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14458 \begin_layout Labeling
14459 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14462 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14466 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14472 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14476 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14480 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14486 \begin_layout Labeling
14487 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14490 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14494 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14500 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14504 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14508 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14512 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14518 \begin_layout Labeling
14519 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14522 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14526 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14532 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14536 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14540 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14544 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14550 \begin_layout Labeling
14551 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14554 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14558 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14564 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14568 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14572 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14576 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14582 \begin_layout Labeling
14583 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14586 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14590 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14596 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14600 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14604 \begin_inset Quotes als
14608 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14614 \begin_layout Standard
14615 These settings affect what character the
14622 \begin_layout Subsection
14624 \begin_inset Index idx
14627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14628 Typography ! Ligatures
14634 \begin_inset Index idx
14637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14666 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14668 name "sub:Ligatures"
14675 \begin_layout Standard
14676 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14677 print them as single characters.
14678 These groups are known as
14683 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14685 Here are the standard ligatures:
14688 \begin_layout Itemize
14692 \begin_layout Itemize
14696 \begin_layout Itemize
14700 \begin_layout Itemize
14704 \begin_layout Itemize
14708 \begin_layout Standard
14709 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14712 \begin_layout Standard
14713 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14714 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14722 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14738 To break a ligature, use
14740 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14741 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14743 \begin_inset space ~
14750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14761 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14778 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14780 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14786 \begin_layout Subsection
14788 \begin_inset Index idx
14791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14798 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14800 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14807 \begin_layout Standard
14808 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14809 characters in different sizes and heights.
14810 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14811 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14831 \begin_inset Note Note
14834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14835 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14836 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14843 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14844 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14849 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14853 \begin_layout Description
14854 LyX The name of the game, write
14855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14876 \begin_layout Description
14877 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14899 \begin_layout Description
14900 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14922 \begin_layout Description
14923 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14945 \begin_layout Standard
14946 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14951 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14959 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14960 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14961 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14964 : The actual version is
14965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14972 , the previous one was
14973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14983 \begin_layout Standard
14984 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14985 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14989 \begin_inset space \space{}
14992 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14994 This will look in LyX like:
14995 \begin_inset Graphics
14996 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
15002 \begin_inset Newline newline
15005 For more about TeX Code, look at section
15006 \begin_inset space ~
15010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15012 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
15019 \begin_layout Subsection
15021 \begin_inset Index idx
15024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15033 \begin_layout Standard
15034 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
15035 space between two words.
15036 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
15039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15046 for units use the menu
15048 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15049 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15051 \begin_inset space ~
15059 arg "space-insert thin"
15065 \begin_layout Standard
15066 Here's an example to show the differences:
15069 \begin_layout Standard
15070 \begin_inset Tabular
15071 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
15072 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15073 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15074 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15081 \begin_inset space ~
15085 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15097 space between number and unit
15104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15109 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15113 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15125 half space between number and unit
15138 \begin_layout Subsection
15140 \begin_inset Index idx
15143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15144 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15152 \begin_layout Standard
15153 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15155 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15156 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15157 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15158 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15159 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15160 These bits of text became known as
15171 \begin_layout Standard
15172 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15173 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15174 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15175 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15176 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15177 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15178 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15181 \begin_layout Standard
15182 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15183 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15184 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15185 \begin_inset space ~
15189 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15191 key "latexcompanion"
15196 \begin_inset space ~
15200 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15206 ] may have more information.
15207 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15210 \begin_layout Chapter
15211 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15214 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15221 \begin_layout Standard
15222 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15227 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15230 \begin_layout Section
15232 \begin_inset Index idx
15235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15242 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15251 \begin_layout Standard
15252 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15255 \begin_layout Description
15257 \begin_inset space ~
15260 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15261 \begin_inset Newline newline
15265 \begin_inset Note Note
15268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15269 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15277 \begin_layout Description
15278 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15279 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15281 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15282 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15283 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15286 \begin_inset Newline newline
15290 \begin_inset Note Comment
15293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15294 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15302 \begin_layout Description
15304 \begin_inset space ~
15307 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15308 \begin_inset Newline newline
15312 \begin_inset Newline newline
15316 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15325 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15326 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15327 How this can be done is explained in the
15336 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15342 \begin_inset Newline newline
15346 \begin_inset Newline newline
15349 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15350 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15353 \begin_layout Standard
15354 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15355 \begin_inset Graphics
15356 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15358 scaleBeforeRotation
15364 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15368 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15371 \begin_layout Section
15373 \begin_inset Index idx
15376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15383 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15385 name "sec:Footnotes"
15392 \begin_layout Standard
15393 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15396 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15399 or the toolbar button
15400 \begin_inset Graphics
15401 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15414 \begin_inset Graphics
15415 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15424 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15453 label, the box will
15457 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15458 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15471 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15487 \begin_layout Standard
15488 Here's an example footnote:
15496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15497 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15505 \begin_layout Standard
15506 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15507 position where the footnote box is placed.
15508 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15509 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15510 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15511 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15512 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15517 ey are described in the
15524 \begin_layout Section
15526 \begin_inset Index idx
15529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15536 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15538 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15545 \begin_layout Standard
15546 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15547 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15549 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15551 \begin_inset space ~
15556 or the toolbar button
15557 \begin_inset Graphics
15558 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15585 appearing within your text.
15586 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15595 \begin_layout Standard
15596 At the side is an example marginal note.
15600 \begin_inset Marginal
15603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15604 This is a marginal note.
15612 \begin_layout Standard
15613 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15614 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15615 pages, right on odd pages.
15618 \begin_layout Section
15619 Graphics and Images
15620 \begin_inset Index idx
15623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15630 \begin_inset Index idx
15633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15640 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15642 name "sec:Graphics"
15649 \begin_layout Standard
15650 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15651 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15652 \begin_inset Graphics
15653 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15659 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15663 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15666 \begin_layout Standard
15667 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15672 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15673 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15675 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15676 \begin_inset space ~
15680 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15682 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15689 \begin_layout Standard
15694 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15695 of the image in the output.
15696 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15700 \begin_inset space ~
15704 \begin_inset space ~
15713 \begin_inset space ~
15717 \begin_inset space ~
15721 \begin_inset space ~
15726 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15727 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15735 \begin_layout Standard
15738 LaTeX and LyX options
15740 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15741 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15745 \begin_inset space ~
15750 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15751 with the image size is printed.
15755 \begin_inset space ~
15759 \begin_inset space ~
15763 \begin_inset space ~
15768 is explained in the
15779 \begin_layout Standard
15780 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15781 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15783 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15787 \begin_layout Standard
15789 \begin_inset Graphics
15790 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15792 rotateOrigin center
15799 \begin_layout Standard
15800 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15801 the image into a float, see section
15802 \begin_inset space ~
15806 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15808 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15815 \begin_layout Subsection
15817 \begin_inset Index idx
15820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15827 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15829 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15836 \begin_layout Standard
15837 You can insert images in any known file format.
15838 But as we explained in section
15839 \begin_inset space ~
15843 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15845 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15849 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15850 LyX uses therefore the program
15854 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15855 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15856 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15857 \begin_inset space ~
15861 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15863 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15870 \begin_layout Standard
15871 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15874 \begin_layout Description
15876 \begin_inset space ~
15879 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15880 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
15881 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15885 Graphics Interchange Format
15886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15889 (GIF, file extension
15890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15902 \begin_inset Index idx
15905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15937 Portable Network Graphics
15938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15941 (PNG, file extension
15942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15954 \begin_inset Index idx
15957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15989 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15993 (JPG, file extension
15994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16018 \begin_inset Index idx
16021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16052 \begin_layout Description
16054 \begin_inset space ~
16057 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
16059 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
16060 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
16061 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
16062 \begin_inset Newline newline
16065 Scalable image formats can be
16066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16069 Scalable Vector Graphics
16070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16073 (SVG, file extension
16074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16086 \begin_inset Index idx
16089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16121 Encapsulated PostScript
16122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16125 (EPS, file extension
16126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16138 \begin_inset Index idx
16141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16173 Portable Document Format
16174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16177 (PDF, file extension
16178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16190 \begin_inset Index idx
16193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16200 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16201 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16202 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16208 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16216 \begin_layout Standard
16217 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16221 \begin_layout Subsection
16222 Grouping of Image Settings
16223 \begin_inset Index idx
16226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16227 Images ! Settings grouping
16235 \begin_layout Standard
16236 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16238 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16239 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16241 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16242 need to manually change each of them.
16246 \begin_layout Standard
16247 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16250 \begin_inset space ~
16255 field in the Graphics dialog.
16256 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16257 by checking the name of the desired group.
16260 \begin_layout Section
16262 \begin_inset Index idx
16265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16272 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16281 \begin_layout Standard
16282 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16283 \begin_inset Graphics
16284 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16291 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16295 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16296 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16297 from the rest of the table.
16298 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16299 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16301 Here's an example table:
16304 \begin_layout Standard
16306 \begin_inset Tabular
16307 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16308 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16309 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16310 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16311 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16312 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16512 \begin_layout Subsection
16516 \begin_layout Standard
16517 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16518 brings up the table dialog.
16519 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16520 where the cursor is placed currently.
16521 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16522 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16523 done on all of your selection.
16526 \begin_layout Standard
16527 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16530 \begin_inset space ~
16535 helps you in setting table properties.
16536 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16539 \begin_layout Standard
16543 \begin_inset space ~
16548 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16549 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16550 current cell respectively.
16551 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16553 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16554 of text, see section
16555 \begin_inset space ~
16559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16561 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16568 \begin_layout Standard
16569 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16575 This will merge the cells to
16579 cell, spread over more than one column.
16580 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16581 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16582 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16583 in the last row without the upper border:
16586 \begin_layout Standard
16588 \begin_inset Tabular
16589 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16590 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16591 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16592 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16593 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16594 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16605 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16614 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16690 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16725 \begin_layout Standard
16726 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16727 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16728 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16729 explained in the tables section of the
16732 \begin_inset space ~
16738 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16739 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16742 degrees counterclockwise.
16743 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16746 \begin_layout Standard
16747 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16755 Most DVI-viewers are
16759 able to display rotations.
16767 \begin_layout Standard
16772 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16777 adds lines for all cell borders.
16780 \begin_layout Subsection
16782 \begin_inset Index idx
16785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16786 Tables ! Longtables
16792 \begin_inset Index idx
16795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16804 \begin_layout Standard
16805 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16808 \begin_inset space ~
16812 \begin_inset space ~
16821 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16822 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16825 \begin_layout Description
16830 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16831 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16832 except for the first page, if
16835 \begin_inset space ~
16843 \begin_layout Description
16847 \begin_inset space ~
16852 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16853 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16856 \begin_layout Description
16861 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16862 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16863 except for the last page, if
16866 \begin_inset space ~
16874 \begin_layout Description
16878 \begin_inset space ~
16883 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16884 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16887 \begin_layout Description
16888 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16889 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16891 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16895 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16898 \begin_inset space ~
16906 \begin_layout Standard
16907 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16908 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16909 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16910 The others will then be defined as
16915 In this context, first means first in this order:
16918 \begin_inset space ~
16930 \begin_inset space ~
16936 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16939 \begin_layout Standard
16941 \begin_inset Tabular
16942 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16943 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
16944 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16945 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16946 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16947 <row endfirsthead="true">
16948 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16954 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16959 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16968 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16978 <row endfirsthead="true">
16979 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16990 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16999 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17011 <row endhead="true">
17012 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17023 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17032 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17042 <row endhead="true">
17043 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17054 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17063 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17075 <row endfoot="true">
17076 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17087 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17096 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17127 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18068 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18077 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18086 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18097 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18128 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18159 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18190 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18221 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18252 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18283 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18314 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18345 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18376 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18407 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18438 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18469 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18500 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18531 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18562 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18593 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18624 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18655 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18686 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18717 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18748 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18779 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18810 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18841 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18872 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18903 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18934 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18965 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18996 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19027 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19057 <row endlastfoot="true">
19058 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19069 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19078 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19095 \begin_layout Subsection
19097 \begin_inset Index idx
19100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19107 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19109 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19116 \begin_layout Standard
19117 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19118 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19119 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19120 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19124 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19125 for the cell's paragraph.
19128 \begin_layout Standard
19129 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19130 for the column in the table dialog.
19131 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19132 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19136 \begin_layout Standard
19138 \begin_inset Tabular
19139 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19140 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19141 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19142 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19143 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19163 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19232 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19288 This is longer now.
19293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19344 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19345 This is longer now.
19350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19376 \begin_layout Standard
19377 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19378 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19383 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19384 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19390 Selection with the mouse or with
19394 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19395 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19396 the selection from outside the table.
19399 \begin_layout Section
19401 \begin_inset Index idx
19404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19411 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19420 \begin_layout Standard
19421 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19422 have a fixed location.
19424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19428 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19431 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19439 \begin_inset space ~
19444 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19445 too many notes on the page.
19448 \begin_layout Standard
19449 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19450 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19451 and pages without text.
19452 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19453 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19454 Floats are therefore numbered.
19455 Referencing is described in section
19456 \begin_inset space ~
19460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19462 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19469 \begin_layout Standard
19470 To insert a float, use the menu
19472 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19476 A box with a caption that has e.
19477 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19481 \begin_inset space \space{}
19485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19489 \begin_inset space ~
19493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19496 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19497 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19499 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19500 \begin_inset Index idx
19503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19509 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19510 paragraph within the float.
19511 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19512 by left-clicking on the box label.
19513 A closed float box looks like this:
19514 \begin_inset Graphics
19515 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19520 – a gray button with a red label.
19523 \begin_layout Standard
19524 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19525 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19528 \begin_layout Subsection
19532 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19534 \begin_inset Index idx
19537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19538 Floats ! Figure floats
19544 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19546 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19553 \begin_layout Standard
19556 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19557 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19560 inserts a float with the label
19561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19567 \begin_inset space ~
19573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19577 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19578 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19579 This is what we did for Figure
19580 \begin_inset space ~
19584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19586 reference "cap:Platypus"
19591 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19592 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19593 This was done in Figure
19594 \begin_inset space ~
19598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19600 reference "cap:Escher"
19607 \begin_layout Standard
19608 \begin_inset Float figure
19613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19615 \begin_inset Graphics
19616 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19618 rotateOrigin center
19625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19626 \begin_inset Caption
19628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19629 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19631 name "cap:Platypus"
19635 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19648 \begin_layout Standard
19649 \begin_inset Float figure
19654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19655 \begin_inset Caption
19657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19658 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19675 \begin_inset Graphics
19676 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19678 rotateOrigin center
19690 \begin_layout Standard
19691 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19693 As described in section
19694 \begin_inset space ~
19698 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19700 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19704 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19706 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19709 and refer to it using the menu
19711 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19715 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19724 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19736 \begin_layout Standard
19737 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19738 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19739 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19740 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19742 \begin_inset space ~
19746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19748 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19752 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19753 You can also set the images one below the other.
19755 \begin_inset space ~
19759 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19761 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19766 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19768 reference "fig:Platypus"
19772 are the subfigures.
19775 \begin_layout Standard
19776 \begin_inset Float figure
19781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19782 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19786 \begin_inset Float figure
19791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19792 \begin_inset Caption
19794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19795 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19797 name "fig:Undefinable"
19809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19810 \begin_inset Graphics
19811 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19822 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19826 \begin_inset Float figure
19831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19832 \begin_inset Caption
19834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19835 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19837 name "fig:Platypus"
19849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19850 \begin_inset Graphics
19851 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19863 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19870 \begin_inset Caption
19872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19873 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19875 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19879 Two distorted images.
19892 \begin_layout Standard
19893 Note that the caption is added to the
19896 \begin_inset space ~
19900 \begin_inset space ~
19905 as described in section
19906 \begin_inset space ~
19910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19912 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19919 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19921 \begin_inset Index idx
19924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19925 Floats ! Table floats
19933 \begin_layout Standard
19934 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19936 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19937 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19941 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19944 \begin_inset space ~
19948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19950 reference "cap:Table-float"
19954 is an example of a table float.
19957 \begin_layout Standard
19958 \begin_inset Float table
19963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19964 \begin_inset Caption
19966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19967 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19969 name "cap:Table-float"
19981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19983 \begin_inset Tabular
19984 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19985 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19986 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19987 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19988 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20115 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20136 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20139 \end{array}\right]$
20147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20160 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20181 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20183 \begin_inset Index idx
20186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20187 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20195 \begin_layout Standard
20196 This float type is inserted with the menu
20198 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20199 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20203 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20204 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20208 , described in section
20209 \begin_inset space ~
20213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20215 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20222 \begin_layout Standard
20223 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20231 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20237 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20240 \begin_layout Standard
20245 floatname{algorithm}{your
20246 \begin_inset space ~
20252 \begin_layout Standard
20253 to the document preamble (menu
20255 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20262 \begin_inset space ~
20268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20282 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20284 \begin_inset Index idx
20287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20288 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20296 \begin_layout Standard
20297 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20305 \begin_inset Graphics
20306 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20308 rotateOrigin center
20315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20316 \begin_inset Caption
20318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20319 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20321 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20325 This is a wrapped figure.
20326 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20339 This float type is used if you want to
20340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20347 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20349 It can be inserted using the menu
20351 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20352 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20354 \begin_inset space ~
20359 if the LaTeX-package
20364 \begin_inset Index idx
20367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20368 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20378 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20381 \begin_inset space ~
20391 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20394 \begin_inset space ~
20398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20400 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20404 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20405 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20413 Available units are explained in Appendix
20414 \begin_inset space ~
20418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20420 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20429 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20433 \begin_layout Standard
20434 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20442 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20447 \begin_inset space \space{}
20450 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20451 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20460 \begin_layout Itemize
20461 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20462 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20463 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20464 page breaks will appear.
20467 \begin_layout Itemize
20468 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20469 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20472 \begin_layout Itemize
20473 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20474 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20477 \begin_layout Itemize
20478 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20481 \begin_layout Subsection
20483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20485 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20490 \begin_inset Index idx
20493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20502 \begin_layout Standard
20503 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20504 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20508 \begin_inset space ~
20516 \begin_layout Standard
20517 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20518 have a multicolumn document).
20519 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20522 \begin_inset space ~
20528 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20529 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20536 \begin_layout Standard
20537 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20538 format is also the same: Table
20539 \begin_inset space ~
20543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20545 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20549 is an example of a rotated table float.
20552 \begin_layout Standard
20553 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20561 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20569 \begin_layout Standard
20570 \begin_inset Float table
20575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20576 \begin_inset Caption
20578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20579 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20581 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20595 \begin_inset Tabular
20596 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20597 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20598 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20599 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20600 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20601 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20602 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20662 \begin_layout Subsection
20664 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20666 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20671 \begin_inset Index idx
20674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20683 \begin_layout Standard
20684 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20685 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20686 \begin_inset Newline newline
20692 \begin_inset space ~
20697 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20698 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20699 \begin_inset Newline newline
20705 \begin_inset space ~
20710 is used to rotate floats, see section
20711 \begin_inset space ~
20715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20717 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20724 \begin_layout Standard
20725 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20726 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20729 \begin_inset space ~
20733 \begin_inset space ~
20741 \begin_layout Description
20743 \begin_inset space ~
20747 \begin_inset space ~
20750 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20753 \begin_layout Description
20755 \begin_inset space ~
20759 \begin_inset space ~
20762 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20765 \begin_layout Description
20767 \begin_inset space ~
20771 \begin_inset space ~
20774 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20777 \begin_layout Description
20779 \begin_inset space ~
20783 \begin_inset space ~
20786 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20789 \begin_layout Standard
20790 The order of the above option is
20795 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20799 \begin_inset space ~
20803 \begin_inset space ~
20811 \begin_inset space ~
20815 \begin_inset space ~
20820 , and then the others.
20821 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20823 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20824 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20827 \begin_layout Standard
20828 By default, each option has its own rules:
20831 \begin_layout Standard
20835 \begin_inset space ~
20839 \begin_inset space ~
20844 only floats occupying less than 70
20845 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20848 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20851 \begin_layout Standard
20855 \begin_inset space ~
20859 \begin_inset space ~
20864 : only floats occupying less than 30
20865 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20868 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20871 \begin_layout Standard
20875 \begin_inset space ~
20879 \begin_inset space ~
20884 : only if more than 50
20885 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20888 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20892 \begin_layout Standard
20893 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20897 \begin_inset space ~
20901 \begin_inset space ~
20909 \begin_layout Standard
20910 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20911 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20912 For this case you can use the option
20915 \begin_inset space ~
20921 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20923 Because the float is then no longer able to
20924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20931 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20934 \begin_layout Standard
20935 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20936 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20939 \begin_layout Standard
20940 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20942 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20944 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20951 \begin_layout Section
20953 \begin_inset Index idx
20956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20963 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20965 name "sec:Minipages"
20972 \begin_layout Standard
20973 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20975 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20976 \begin_inset space ~
20983 \begin_layout Standard
20984 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20986 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20990 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20991 and its alignment within the page.
20994 \begin_layout Standard
20996 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21005 height_special "totalheight"
21008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21011 This is a minipage.
21012 The text is set in an italic style.
21015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21018 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21019 another formatting.
21027 \begin_layout Standard
21028 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21031 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21035 as described in section
21036 \begin_inset space ~
21040 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21042 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21047 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21053 \begin_layout Standard
21054 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21063 height_special "totalheight"
21066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21067 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21068 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21074 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21078 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21087 height_special "totalheight"
21090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21091 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21092 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21100 \begin_layout Standard
21101 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21107 \begin_layout Standard
21108 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21109 to other box types.
21110 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21121 \begin_layout Chapter
21122 Mathematical Formulas
21123 \begin_inset Index idx
21126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21133 \begin_inset Index idx
21136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21165 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21167 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21174 \begin_layout Standard
21175 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21180 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21183 \begin_layout Section
21185 \begin_inset Index idx
21188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21197 \begin_layout Standard
21198 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21199 \begin_inset Graphics
21200 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21205 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21207 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21208 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21209 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21211 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21217 \begin_layout Standard
21218 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21222 \begin_inset space ~
21227 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21230 \begin_layout Standard
21231 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21232 line, like this one:
21235 \begin_layout Standard
21236 This is a line with an inline formula
21237 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21243 \begin_layout Standard
21244 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
21245 paragraph, like this one:
21246 \begin_inset Formula \[
21251 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21254 \begin_layout Standard
21255 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21257 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21261 \begin_inset space \space{}
21265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21278 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21279 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21283 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21286 \begin_inset space ~
21294 \begin_layout Subsection
21295 Navigating in Formulas
21296 \begin_inset Index idx
21299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21308 \begin_layout Standard
21309 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21310 achieved with the arrow keys.
21311 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21312 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21317 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21318 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21322 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21326 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21329 \end{array}\right]$
21337 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21342 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21343 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21346 \begin_layout Standard
21351 , printed in this document as
21352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21373 \begin_inset Note Note
21376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21377 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21378 space character (visible space).
21383 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21384 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21385 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21390 For example, if you want
21391 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21445 , since in the latter case only the
21448 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21453 will be under the square root sign:
21454 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21460 \begin_layout Standard
21461 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21463 \begin_inset Formula \[
21464 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21468 \end{array}\right)\]
21472 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21473 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21476 \begin_layout Subsection
21480 \begin_layout Standard
21481 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21482 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21486 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21487 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21488 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21489 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21490 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21493 \begin_layout Subsection
21494 Exponents and Subscripts
21495 \begin_inset Index idx
21498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21505 \begin_inset Index idx
21508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21517 \begin_layout Standard
21518 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21519 way is to use a command.
21521 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21524 , type in a formula
21530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21546 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21552 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21556 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21577 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21586 , you have to use an extra
21590 to separate the hat and the character.
21592 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21596 \begin_inset space \space{}
21600 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21621 Subscripts are similar: To get
21622 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21645 \begin_layout Subsection
21647 \begin_inset Index idx
21650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21659 \begin_layout Standard
21660 Create a fraction with either the command
21667 \begin_inset Graphics
21668 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21676 \begin_inset space ~
21682 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21683 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21684 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21689 To move back up, press
21694 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21695 \begin_inset Formula \[
21696 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21699 \end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21706 \begin_layout Subsection
21708 \begin_inset Index idx
21711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21720 \begin_layout Standard
21721 Roots can be created using the
21724 \begin_inset space ~
21730 \begin_inset Graphics
21731 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21754 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21760 produces always a square root.
21763 \begin_layout Subsection
21764 Operators with Limits
21765 \begin_inset Index idx
21768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21775 \begin_inset Index idx
21778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21785 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21787 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21794 \begin_layout Standard
21796 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21800 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21803 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21804 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21805 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21806 The sum operator will automatically place its
21807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21814 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21817 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21821 \begin_inset Formula \[
21822 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21826 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21830 \begin_layout Standard
21831 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21833 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21834 behind the operator and hitting
21842 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21843 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21845 \begin_inset space ~
21849 \begin_inset space ~
21857 \begin_layout Standard
21858 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21866 feature as addition, such as
21867 \begin_inset Index idx
21870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21877 \begin_inset Formula \[
21878 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21882 which will place the
21883 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21895 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21896 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21902 \begin_layout Standard
21903 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21910 Have a look at section
21911 \begin_inset space ~
21915 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21917 reference "sub:Functions"
21921 for an explanation of function macros.
21924 \begin_layout Subsection
21926 \begin_inset Index idx
21929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21938 \begin_layout Standard
21939 Most math symbols can be found in the
21942 \begin_inset space ~
21947 under one of several categories; including
21964 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21968 \begin_layout Standard
21969 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21970 you don't have to use the
21973 \begin_inset space ~
21978 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21979 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21982 \begin_layout Subsection
21984 \begin_inset Index idx
21987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21996 \begin_layout Standard
21997 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22002 arg "space-insert protected"
22008 \begin_inset space ~
22014 \begin_inset Graphics
22015 filename ../images/math/space.png
22020 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22021 For example, the sequence
22026 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22030 \begin_inset Graphics
22031 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22036 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22037 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22038 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22039 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22041 Here are two examples:
22044 \begin_layout Standard
22054 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22060 \begin_layout Standard
22070 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22076 \begin_layout Subsection
22078 \begin_inset Index idx
22081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22088 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22090 name "sub:Functions"
22097 \begin_layout Standard
22101 \begin_inset space ~
22106 contains under the button
22107 \begin_inset Graphics
22108 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22112 a number of function macros, such as
22113 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22117 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22125 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22132 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
22133 avoid confusions, because
22134 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22138 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22144 \begin_layout Standard
22145 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22147 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22151 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22157 \begin_layout Standard
22158 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22159 s are placed, as described in section
22160 \begin_inset space ~
22164 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22166 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22173 \begin_layout Subsection
22175 \begin_inset Index idx
22178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22187 \begin_layout Standard
22188 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22190 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22191 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22192 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22196 \begin_inset space \space{}
22200 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22203 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22204 Our example is entered by typing
22212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22225 \begin_inset space ~
22229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22231 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22235 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22238 \begin_layout Standard
22239 \begin_inset Float table
22244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22245 \begin_inset Caption
22247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22248 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22250 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22254 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22264 \begin_inset Tabular
22265 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22266 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22267 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22268 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22269 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22353 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22407 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22461 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22515 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22569 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22623 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22677 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22731 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22785 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22830 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22851 \begin_layout Standard
22852 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22855 \begin_inset space ~
22861 \begin_inset Graphics
22862 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22866 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22870 \begin_layout Section
22871 Brackets and Delimiters
22872 \begin_inset Index idx
22875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22882 \begin_inset Index idx
22885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22892 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22894 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22901 \begin_layout Standard
22902 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22903 For most purposes, using just the keys
22908 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22909 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22910 toolbar delimiter icon
22911 \begin_inset Graphics
22912 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22917 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22919 \begin_inset Formula \[
22920 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22923 \end{array}\right]\]
22927 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22928 \begin_inset Formula \[
22929 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22936 \begin_layout Standard
22937 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22938 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22941 \begin_layout Standard
22942 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22943 left side and right side.
22944 If you use the option
22947 \begin_inset space ~
22952 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22953 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22954 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22955 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22958 \begin_layout Standard
22959 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22960 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22961 inside the brackets.
22962 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22967 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22970 \begin_layout Section
22971 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22972 \begin_inset Index idx
22975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22982 \begin_inset Index idx
22985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22992 \begin_inset Index idx
22995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22996 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23004 \begin_layout Standard
23005 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23008 \begin_inset space ~
23014 \begin_inset Graphics
23015 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23020 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23021 Here is an example:
23022 \begin_inset Formula \[
23023 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23027 \end{array}\right)\]
23031 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23032 \begin_inset space ~
23036 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23038 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23043 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23044 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23045 This alignment is set in the box
23050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23098 for every column as default.
23099 For example, the sequence
23100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23111 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23112 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23113 corresponds to the relevant column.
23114 The result will look like this:
23115 \begin_inset Formula \[
23117 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23118 column & has & has\, right\\
23119 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23127 \begin_layout Standard
23128 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23131 arg "newline-insert newline"
23134 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23135 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23137 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23140 or the math toolbar.
23143 \begin_layout Standard
23144 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23145 It can be created with the menu
23147 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23148 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23150 \begin_inset space ~
23162 Here is an example:
23163 \begin_inset Formula \[
23175 \begin_layout Standard
23176 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23179 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23182 arg "newline-insert newline"
23186 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23191 arg "newline-insert newline"
23194 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23202 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
23203 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23204 A new row is created by every further hit of
23207 arg "newline-insert newline"
23211 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23212 Here is an example:
23213 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23214 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23215 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23220 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23221 where you want to start the shift and hit
23226 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23227 position to the next column.
23228 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23229 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23230 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23231 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23238 \begin_layout Standard
23239 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23246 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23247 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23248 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23250 reference "eq:asquared"
23255 The other types are described in section
23256 \begin_inset space ~
23260 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23262 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23269 \begin_layout Section
23270 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23271 \begin_inset Index idx
23274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23275 Math ! Formula numbering
23281 \begin_inset Index idx
23284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23285 Math ! Referencing formulas
23291 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23293 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23300 \begin_layout Standard
23301 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23303 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23304 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23306 \begin_inset space ~
23314 arg "math-number-toggle"
23318 The formula number appears in LyX as
23319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23326 within parentheses.
23328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23335 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23337 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23338 the document class.
23339 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23340 separated by a dot:
23341 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23342 1+1=2\end{equation}
23349 arg "math-number-toggle"
23352 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23353 You can only number displayed formulas.
23356 \begin_layout Standard
23357 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23359 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23360 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23362 \begin_inset space ~
23366 \begin_inset space ~
23370 \begin_inset space ~
23378 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23381 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23382 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23384 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23390 To number all lines use the shortcut
23393 arg "math-number-toggle"
23399 \begin_layout Standard
23400 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23403 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23404 A label is inserted with the menu
23406 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23409 when the cursor is in the formula.
23410 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23411 It is recommended to use the proposed
23412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23423 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23424 type when you have many labels in your document.
23425 We inserted in the following example the label
23426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23433 in the second line:
23434 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23435 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23436 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23441 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23442 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23452 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23454 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23456 \begin_inset space ~
23462 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23463 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23464 as the formula number:
23467 \begin_layout Standard
23468 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23471 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23478 \begin_layout Standard
23479 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23480 \begin_inset space ~
23484 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23486 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23491 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23494 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23497 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23502 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23510 \begin_layout Section
23511 User defined math macros
23512 \begin_inset Index idx
23515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23524 \begin_layout Standard
23525 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23526 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23527 Math macros are explained in section
23530 \begin_inset space ~
23542 \begin_layout Section
23546 \begin_layout Subsection
23548 \begin_inset Index idx
23551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23560 \begin_layout Standard
23561 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23562 To set a font in a formula, use the
23565 \begin_inset space ~
23571 \begin_inset Graphics
23572 filename ../images/math/font.png
23576 , or enter its command, listed in table
23577 \begin_inset space ~
23581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23583 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23590 \begin_layout Standard
23591 \begin_inset Float table
23596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23597 \begin_inset Caption
23599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23600 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23602 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23606 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23616 \begin_inset Tabular
23617 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23618 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23619 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23620 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23652 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23679 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23706 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23739 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23766 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23793 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23827 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23854 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23888 \begin_layout Standard
23889 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23897 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23913 \begin_layout Standard
23914 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23915 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23920 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23921 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23922 Here an example where
23923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23927 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23934 denotes the set of numbers:
23935 \begin_inset Formula \[
23936 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23943 \begin_layout Standard
23944 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23946 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23950 \begin_inset space \space{}
23962 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23966 \begin_inset Newline newline
23969 So it is better not to use this feature.
23972 \begin_layout Standard
23973 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23974 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23978 \begin_inset Newline newline
23981 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23987 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23988 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23994 \begin_layout Standard
24001 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24004 \begin_layout Standard
24005 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24007 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24008 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24010 \begin_inset space ~
24018 \begin_layout Subsection
24020 \begin_inset Index idx
24023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24032 \begin_layout Standard
24033 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24035 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24039 \begin_inset space ~
24043 \begin_inset space ~
24051 \begin_inset space ~
24057 \begin_inset Graphics
24058 filename ../images/math/font.png
24069 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24070 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24071 Here is an example:
24072 \begin_inset Formula \[
24074 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24075 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
24083 \begin_layout Subsection
24085 \begin_inset Index idx
24088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24097 \begin_layout Standard
24098 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24099 automatically chosen in most situations.
24117 For most characters,
24125 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24126 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24131 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24132 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24134 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24135 \begin_inset Graphics
24136 filename ../images/math/style.png
24141 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24142 For example, you can set
24143 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24146 , which is normally in
24155 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24159 The four styles are used in the following example:
24162 \begin_layout Standard
24163 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24167 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24171 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24175 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24181 \begin_layout Standard
24182 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24183 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24185 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24187 \begin_inset space ~
24192 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24193 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24194 will be adjusted to correspond.
24195 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24206 \begin_layout Standard
24210 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24216 \begin_layout Section
24220 \begin_layout Standard
24221 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24222 the document classes and into layout modules.
24223 \begin_inset Index idx
24226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24232 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24233 other than the AMS classes.
24235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24237 reference "sub:Modules"
24241 for more on layout modules.
24244 \begin_layout Section
24246 \begin_inset Index idx
24249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24256 \begin_inset Index idx
24259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24268 \begin_layout Standard
24269 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24270 (AMS) that are in common use.
24273 \begin_layout Subsection
24274 Enabling AMS-Support
24277 \begin_layout Standard
24278 Selecting the checkbox
24281 \begin_inset space ~
24285 \begin_inset space ~
24289 \begin_inset space ~
24296 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24300 \begin_inset Index idx
24303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24304 Document ! Settings
24312 \begin_inset space ~
24317 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24319 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24320 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24323 \begin_layout Subsection
24325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24327 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24332 \begin_inset Index idx
24335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24336 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24344 \begin_layout Standard
24345 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24346 LyX allows you to choose between
24367 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24370 \begin_layout Chapter
24374 \begin_layout Section
24376 \begin_inset Index idx
24379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24386 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24388 name "sec:Cross-References"
24395 \begin_layout Standard
24396 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24397 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24399 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24400 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24401 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24404 \begin_layout Enumerate
24408 \begin_layout Enumerate
24409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24411 name "enu:Second-item"
24418 \begin_layout Enumerate
24422 \begin_layout Standard
24423 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24425 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24428 or by pressing the toolbar button
24429 \begin_inset Graphics
24430 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24436 A grey label box like this:
24437 \begin_inset Graphics
24438 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24443 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24444 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24479 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24480 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24484 \begin_inset space \space{}
24487 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24502 \begin_layout Standard
24503 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24508 or the toolbar button
24509 \begin_inset Graphics
24510 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24516 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24517 \begin_inset Graphics
24518 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24523 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24525 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24538 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24542 \begin_layout Standard
24545 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24548 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24553 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24554 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24556 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24562 \begin_layout Standard
24563 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24564 \begin_inset space ~
24568 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24570 reference "enu:Second-item"
24577 \begin_layout Standard
24578 It is recommended to use a protected space
24582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24583 described in section
24584 \begin_inset space ~
24588 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24590 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24599 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24603 \begin_layout Standard
24604 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24607 \begin_layout Description
24608 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24609 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24611 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24618 \begin_layout Description
24619 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24620 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24630 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24632 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24639 \begin_layout Description
24640 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24641 \begin_inset space ~
24645 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24646 LatexCommand pageref
24647 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24654 \begin_layout Description
24656 \begin_inset space ~
24660 \begin_inset space ~
24663 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24664 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24665 LatexCommand vpageref
24666 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24673 \begin_layout Description
24675 \begin_inset space ~
24679 \begin_inset space ~
24683 \begin_inset space ~
24686 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24688 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24690 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24697 \begin_layout Description
24699 \begin_inset space ~
24702 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24703 \begin_inset Newline newline
24707 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24715 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24720 \begin_inset Index idx
24723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24724 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24737 \begin_layout Standard
24742 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
24745 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24749 \begin_inset space \space{}
24753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24767 <reference> on page <page>
24769 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
24772 \begin_layout Standard
24773 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
24774 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24775 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24779 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24783 \begin_layout Standard
24784 You can only use the style
24788 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24792 is always possible.
24795 \begin_layout Standard
24796 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
24797 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
24799 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24800 \begin_inset space ~
24804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24806 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24813 \begin_layout Standard
24814 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
24818 \begin_inset space ~
24822 \begin_inset space ~
24827 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
24828 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
24831 \begin_inset space ~
24836 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24837 You can also go back with the toolbar button
24838 \begin_inset Graphics
24839 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24840 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24841 rotateOrigin center
24848 \begin_layout Standard
24849 You can change labels at any time.
24850 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
24851 do not need to take care about this.
24854 \begin_layout Standard
24855 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
24856 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24859 \begin_layout Standard
24860 References are described in detail in the
24867 \begin_layout Section
24868 Table of Contents and other Listings
24869 \begin_inset Index idx
24872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24879 \begin_inset Index idx
24882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24889 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24898 \begin_layout Subsection
24900 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24902 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24909 \begin_layout Standard
24910 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24912 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24913 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24915 \begin_inset space ~
24919 \begin_inset space ~
24925 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24926 If you click on it, the
24930 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24931 sections in your documents.
24932 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24934 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24937 that is described in sec.
24938 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24942 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24944 reference "sec:Navigating"
24951 \begin_layout Standard
24952 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24953 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24955 \begin_inset space ~
24959 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24961 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24965 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24967 \begin_inset space ~
24971 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24973 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24977 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24979 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24982 \begin_layout Subsection
24983 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24984 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24986 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24993 \begin_layout Standard
24994 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24995 You can insert them via the
24997 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24999 \begin_inset space ~
25003 \begin_inset space ~
25009 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25012 \begin_layout Section
25013 URLs and Hyperlinks
25014 \begin_inset Index idx
25017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25024 \begin_inset Index idx
25027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25036 \begin_layout Subsection
25038 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25047 \begin_layout Standard
25048 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25050 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25056 \begin_layout Standard
25057 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25058 \begin_inset Flex URL
25061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25071 \begin_layout Standard
25072 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25078 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25082 \begin_layout Standard
25083 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25091 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25099 \begin_layout Subsection
25101 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25103 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25110 \begin_layout Standard
25111 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25113 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25116 or with the toolbar button
25117 \begin_inset Graphics
25118 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25119 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25124 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25133 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25134 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25135 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25137 name "LyX's homepage"
25138 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25142 , an Email address like this:
25143 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25145 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25146 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25151 , or a link to a file.
25154 \begin_layout Standard
25155 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25168 to the link target.
25171 \begin_layout Standard
25172 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25173 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25174 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25175 the text style dialog.
25176 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25180 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25182 name "LyX's homepage"
25183 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25190 \begin_layout Standard
25191 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25195 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25197 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25198 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25202 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25204 \begin_inset Newline newline
25212 \begin_inset Newline newline
25219 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25222 \begin_layout Section
25224 \begin_inset Index idx
25227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25234 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25236 name "sec:Appendices"
25243 \begin_layout Standard
25244 Appendices are created with the menu
25246 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25248 \begin_inset space ~
25252 \begin_inset space ~
25258 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25259 as the appendix region.
25260 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25263 \begin_layout Standard
25264 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25265 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25266 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25267 and the subsection number.
25268 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25272 \begin_layout Standard
25274 \begin_inset space ~
25278 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25280 reference "cha:Credits"
25285 \begin_inset space ~
25289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25291 reference "sub:Export"
25298 \begin_layout Section
25300 \begin_inset Index idx
25303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25310 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25312 name "sec:Bibliography"
25319 \begin_layout Standard
25320 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25321 You can include a bibliography database,
25325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25326 Known under the name
25327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25339 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25340 manually, using the paragraph environment
25344 , which was described in section
25345 \begin_inset space ~
25349 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25351 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25356 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25357 document, like author-year citations, then you must
25361 use a bibliography database.
25364 \begin_layout Subsection
25365 The Bibliography Environment
25368 \begin_layout Standard
25373 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25375 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25384 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25386 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25395 , a short form of its title, as key.
25398 \begin_layout Standard
25399 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25401 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25404 or the toolbar button
25405 \begin_inset Graphics
25406 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25407 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25412 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25413 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25414 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25415 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25419 \begin_layout Standard
25420 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25421 entry with surrounding brackets.
25426 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25427 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25439 \begin_layout Standard
25442 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25445 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25447 key "latexcompanion"
25454 \begin_layout Standard
25455 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25456 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25465 \begin_layout Subsection
25466 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25467 \begin_inset Index idx
25470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25471 Bibliography ! Databases
25477 \begin_inset Index idx
25480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25481 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25487 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25489 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25496 \begin_layout Standard
25497 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25503 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25505 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25506 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25511 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25513 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25514 your working field in a database.
25515 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25516 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25518 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25522 \begin_layout Standard
25523 The database is a text file with the file extension
25524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25535 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25536 The format is explained in
25537 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25543 and in LaTeX books (
25544 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25546 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25551 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25552 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25553 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25554 \begin_inset Flex URL
25557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25559 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25567 \begin_layout Standard
25568 To use a database, use the menu
25570 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25575 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25588 \begin_inset space ~
25594 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25595 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25598 Add bibliography to TOC
25600 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25605 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25608 \begin_layout Standard
25609 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25621 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25622 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25623 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25625 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25631 For information how this is done, have a look at
25632 \begin_inset Newline newline
25636 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25638 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25650 \begin_layout Standard
25651 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25654 \begin_layout Standard
25655 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25656 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25659 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25687 \begin_inset space ~
25693 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25699 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25708 \begin_layout Standard
25709 When you select the option
25711 Sectioned bibliography
25715 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25718 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25719 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25721 Customizing Bibliographies
25729 Additional Features
25734 \begin_layout Standard
25735 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25736 the two methods of creating them.
25737 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25738 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25739 We used the style file
25743 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25746 \begin_layout Subsection
25747 Bibliography layout
25748 \begin_inset Index idx
25751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25752 Bibliography ! Layout
25760 \begin_layout Standard
25761 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25762 For this feature you need to enable the option
25768 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25772 \begin_inset Index idx
25775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25776 Document ! Settings
25786 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25787 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25788 in the previous section.
25791 \begin_layout Standard
25792 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25793 in the citation reference window.
25794 Here an example where we set the text
25795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25799 \begin_inset space ~
25803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25806 to appear after the reference:
25809 \begin_layout Standard
25811 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25814 key "latexcompanion"
25821 \begin_layout Section
25823 \begin_inset Index idx
25826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25833 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25842 \begin_layout Standard
25843 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25845 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25847 \begin_inset space ~
25852 or the toolbar button
25853 \begin_inset Graphics
25854 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25855 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25872 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25873 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25874 by LyX as the index entry.
25877 \begin_layout Standard
25878 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25879 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25881 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25883 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25890 \begin_layout Standard
25891 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25893 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25895 \begin_inset space ~
25899 \begin_inset space ~
25902 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25904 \begin_inset space ~
25910 A light blue box labeled
25911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25922 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25923 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25926 \begin_layout Subsection
25927 Grouping Index Entries
25928 \begin_inset Index idx
25931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25940 \begin_layout Standard
25941 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25943 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25944 lists under the entry
25945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25953 First we create the entry
25954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25962 \begin_inset space ~
25966 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25968 reference "sub:Lists"
25973 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25974 \begin_inset space ~
25978 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25980 reference "sec:Itemize"
25984 , we insert the command
25987 \begin_layout Standard
25993 \begin_layout Standard
25997 \begin_layout Standard
26003 \begin_layout Standard
26004 for the enumerated list in section
26005 \begin_inset space ~
26009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26011 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26018 \begin_layout Standard
26019 The exclamation mark
26020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26027 marks the grouping levels.
26028 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26029 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26030 If we don't have an index entry for
26031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26038 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26041 \begin_layout Subsection
26043 \begin_inset Index idx
26046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26047 Index ! Page ranges
26055 \begin_layout Standard
26056 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26058 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26059 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26061 \begin_inset space ~
26065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26067 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26074 \begin_layout Standard
26077 Paragraph environments|(
26080 \begin_layout Standard
26081 and another entry at the end of section
26082 \begin_inset space ~
26086 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26088 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26095 \begin_layout Standard
26098 Paragraph environments|)
26101 \begin_layout Standard
26103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26126 respectively start and end the index range.
26127 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26128 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26129 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26130 An example is the index entry
26131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26134 Document ! Settings
26135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26141 \begin_layout Subsection
26143 \begin_inset Index idx
26146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26147 Index ! Cross referencing
26155 \begin_layout Standard
26156 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26157 We referred for example in the index entry
26158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26166 \begin_inset space ~
26170 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26172 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26176 ) to the index entry
26177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26184 in the same section using the entry
26187 \begin_layout Standard
26190 GIF|see{Image formats}
26193 \begin_layout Standard
26194 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26195 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26196 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26199 \begin_layout Subsection
26201 \begin_inset Index idx
26204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26205 Index ! Entry order
26213 \begin_layout Standard
26214 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26215 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26216 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26221 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26223 \begin_inset space ~
26227 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26229 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26238 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26239 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26264 \begin_inset Index idx
26267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26268 Dummy entries ! maïs
26274 \begin_inset Index idx
26277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26278 Dummy entries ! maître
26284 \begin_inset Index idx
26287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26288 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26293 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26294 order maïs, maison, maître.
26295 To achieve this, we use the command
26298 \begin_layout Standard
26301 previous entry@current entry
26304 \begin_layout Standard
26305 In our case we want to have
26306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26321 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26324 \begin_layout Standard
26330 \begin_layout Standard
26331 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26332 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26336 \begin_layout Standard
26337 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26343 \begin_layout Standard
26344 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26349 to generate the index (see sec.
26350 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26356 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26365 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26367 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26373 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26377 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26378 index commands start with
26379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26391 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26396 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26399 \begin_layout Standard
26411 \begin_layout Standard
26423 \begin_layout Subsection
26425 \begin_inset Index idx
26428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26429 Index ! Entry layout
26437 \begin_layout Standard
26438 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26439 \begin_inset Index idx
26442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26445 This is an italic dummy entry
26450 You can also format the page number using the character
26451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26458 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26459 We can write for example
26462 \begin_layout Standard
26465 italic page number:|textit
26468 \begin_layout Standard
26469 to get the page number in italic.
26470 \begin_inset Index idx
26473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26474 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26479 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26497 \begin_inset space ~
26503 Have a look at section
26504 \begin_inset space ~
26508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26510 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26514 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26517 \begin_layout Standard
26518 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26526 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26530 to generate the index, see sec.
26531 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26537 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26546 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26547 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26549 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26552 key "latexcompanion"
26564 \begin_layout Standard
26565 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26567 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26568 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26569 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26570 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26571 If so, put the following in the preamble
26574 \begin_layout Standard
26586 \begin_layout Standard
26590 \begin_layout Standard
26596 \begin_layout Standard
26597 in the index entry.
26598 \begin_inset Index idx
26601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26602 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26607 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26608 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26609 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26612 \begin_layout Standard
26613 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26615 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26619 \begin_inset space \space{}
26622 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26623 for all index entries.
26624 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26636 documentation for details,
26637 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26639 key "makeindex,xindy"
26646 \begin_layout Subsection
26648 \begin_inset Index idx
26651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26658 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26660 name "sub:Index-Program"
26667 \begin_layout Standard
26668 If the index entry program
26672 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
26676 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26685 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26686 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26687 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26688 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26689 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
26699 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26700 dialog, see section
26701 \begin_inset space ~
26705 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26707 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26712 The available options are listed and explained in
26713 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26715 key "makeindex,xindy"
26720 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
26724 \begin_layout Standard
26725 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
26726 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
26729 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26730 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26731 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26735 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
26736 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
26739 \begin_layout Subsection
26743 \begin_layout Standard
26744 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
26745 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
26746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26753 next to the standard index.
26754 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
26755 packages that add this feature.
26761 \begin_inset Index idx
26764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26765 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
26770 package to generate multiple indexes.
26771 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
26772 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
26773 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26780 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
26781 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
26782 Please consult the package's manual for details.
26785 \begin_layout Standard
26786 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
26788 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26789 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26790 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26797 Use multiple Indexes
26798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26802 Note that the list of
26803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26810 below already contains the standard index.
26811 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
26812 also appear as a heading) to the
26813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26820 input field and press the
26821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26829 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
26830 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
26831 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
26832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26835 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26841 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
26842 indexes in the LyX work area.
26845 \begin_layout Standard
26846 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
26849 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26851 \begin_inset space ~
26855 \begin_inset space ~
26864 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
26865 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
26866 are some additional features:
26869 \begin_layout Itemize
26870 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
26871 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
26874 \begin_layout Itemize
26875 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
26876 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
26877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26885 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
26887 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26890 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
26891 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
26892 to the non-subindexes.
26895 \begin_layout Section
26896 Nomenclature / Glossary
26897 \begin_inset Index idx
26900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26907 \begin_inset Index idx
26910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26939 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26941 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26948 \begin_layout Standard
26949 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26950 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26954 \begin_layout Standard
26955 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26960 \begin_inset Index idx
26963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26964 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26970 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26971 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26977 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26980 \begin_layout Standard
26981 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26982 and then use the menu
26984 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26990 \begin_inset space ~
26995 or the toolbar button
26996 \begin_inset Graphics
26997 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26998 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
27004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27015 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
27018 \begin_layout Standard
27019 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
27020 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
27021 The second is the description of the symbol.
27024 \begin_layout Standard
27025 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27033 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
27041 \begin_layout Subsection
27042 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27043 \begin_inset Index idx
27046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27047 Nomenclature ! Layout
27055 \begin_layout Standard
27056 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27060 field as LaTeX-formulas.
27062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27066 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27074 \begin_inset Newline newline
27082 \begin_inset Newline newline
27088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27095 character starts/ends the formula.
27096 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27108 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27118 \begin_layout Standard
27119 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27120 \begin_inset space ~
27124 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27126 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27133 \begin_layout Standard
27137 \begin_inset space ~
27142 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27143 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27148 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27155 in this document is:
27156 \begin_inset Newline newline
27161 dummy entry for the character
27166 \begin_inset Newline newline
27178 \begin_inset space ~
27188 font use the command
27217 \begin_layout Subsection
27218 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27219 \begin_inset Index idx
27222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27223 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27231 \begin_layout Standard
27232 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27233 the symbol definition.
27234 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27235 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27238 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27239 LatexCommand nomenclature
27241 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27248 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27252 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27253 LatexCommand nomenclature
27256 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27261 They will be sorted by
27262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27288 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27291 will be sorted before the
27295 since the character
27296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27303 is considered in sorting.
27306 \begin_layout Standard
27307 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27310 \begin_inset space ~
27315 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27316 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27318 For the example given, you can insert
27322 in this field for the
27323 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27330 will be located before
27331 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27337 \begin_layout Standard
27338 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27343 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27352 \begin_layout Subsection
27353 Nomenclature Options
27354 \begin_inset Index idx
27357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27358 Nomenclature ! Options
27366 \begin_layout Standard
27371 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27372 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27375 \begin_layout Description
27376 refeq Appends the phrase
27377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27392 to every nomenclature entry, where
27398 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27401 \begin_layout Description
27402 refpage Appends the phrase
27403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27418 to every nomenclature entry, where
27424 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27427 \begin_layout Description
27428 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27431 \begin_layout Standard
27432 There are furthermore the options
27476 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27480 \begin_layout Standard
27481 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27482 class options list in the
27484 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27488 In this document the option
27495 \begin_layout Standard
27496 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27502 \begin_layout Standard
27503 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27504 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27509 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27512 \begin_layout Description
27522 \begin_layout Description
27525 nomrefpage Like the
27532 \begin_layout Description
27535 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27544 \begin_layout Description
27548 \begin_inset space ~
27554 \begin_inset space ~
27559 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27562 \begin_layout Subsection
27563 Printing the Nomenclature
27564 \begin_inset Index idx
27567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27568 Nomenclature ! Printing
27576 \begin_layout Standard
27577 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27579 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27581 \begin_inset space ~
27585 \begin_inset space ~
27588 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27592 A light blue box labeled
27593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27604 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27605 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27608 \begin_layout Standard
27609 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27618 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27626 For example, in order to change the name to
27630 , add the following line to the preamble:
27633 \begin_layout Standard
27641 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27644 \begin_layout Standard
27645 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27651 \begin_layout Standard
27652 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27653 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27656 \begin_layout Standard
27664 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27667 \begin_layout Standard
27670 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27671 \begin_inset space ~
27675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27677 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27682 The default value is 1
27683 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27689 \begin_layout Subsection
27690 Nomenclature Program
27691 \begin_inset Index idx
27694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27695 Nomenclature ! Program
27701 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27703 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27710 \begin_layout Standard
27711 LyX uses the program
27715 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27716 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27721 by adding options, see section
27722 \begin_inset space ~
27726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27728 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27733 The available options are listed and explained in
27734 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27736 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27743 \begin_layout Section
27745 \begin_inset Index idx
27748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27755 \begin_inset Index idx
27758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27759 Document ! Branches
27765 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27767 name "sec:Branches"
27774 \begin_layout Standard
27775 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27776 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27777 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27778 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27781 \begin_layout Standard
27782 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27783 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27784 To create a branch, go in the
27786 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27794 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27795 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27798 \begin_layout Standard
27799 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27800 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27802 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27805 where you can choose a branch.
27806 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27809 \begin_layout Standard
27810 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27811 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27814 \begin_layout Standard
27815 \begin_inset Branch Question
27818 \begin_layout Standard
27819 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27827 \begin_layout Standard
27828 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27831 \begin_layout Standard
27832 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27840 \begin_layout Standard
27841 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27847 \begin_layout Standard
27848 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27849 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27851 For example you can define for the question branch
27855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27856 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27857 \begin_inset space ~
27861 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27863 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27875 \begin_layout Standard
27885 \begin_layout Standard
27895 \begin_layout Standard
27896 and for the answer branch
27899 \begin_layout Standard
27909 \begin_layout Standard
27919 \begin_layout Standard
27920 \begin_inset Branch Question
27923 \begin_layout Standard
27927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27955 \begin_layout Standard
27956 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27959 \begin_layout Standard
27963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27991 \begin_layout Standard
27992 Now it is possible to use the commands
27996 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28003 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28006 to obtain conditional output.
28007 Here is an example formula where only the
28014 \begin_inset Formula \[
28015 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
28022 \begin_layout Standard
28023 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
28031 \begin_layout Section
28033 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28035 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
28040 \begin_inset Index idx
28043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28052 \begin_layout Standard
28057 dialog allows you in the
28061 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
28062 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
28067 \begin_inset Index idx
28070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28071 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
28079 \begin_layout Standard
28084 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
28085 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
28086 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
28088 You can specify in the dialog tab
28092 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
28094 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
28095 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
28099 \begin_layout Standard
28104 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
28105 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28106 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28108 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28109 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
28111 \begin_inset space ~
28114 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28115 \begin_inset space ~
28118 1 will only display the sections.
28121 \begin_layout Standard
28122 The header information in the dialog tab
28126 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28127 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
28128 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28132 \begin_inset space \space{}
28135 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
28136 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28139 Automatic fill header
28141 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
28142 title and author settings.
28145 \begin_layout Standard
28148 Load in fullscreen mode
28150 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28153 \begin_layout Standard
28154 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28155 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28161 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
28162 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28171 \begin_layout Section
28172 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28173 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28175 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28182 \begin_layout Subsection
28184 \begin_inset Index idx
28187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28194 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28196 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28203 \begin_layout Standard
28204 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28205 constructs, but not all.
28206 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28207 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28208 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28209 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28210 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28214 \begin_layout Standard
28215 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28217 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28219 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28221 \begin_inset space ~
28226 or by the toolbar button
28227 \begin_inset Graphics
28228 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28233 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28237 \begin_layout Standard
28238 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28239 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28240 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
28247 , you can write the command part
28253 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28257 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28258 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28259 the following example:
28262 \begin_layout Standard
28263 \begin_inset Graphics
28264 filename clipart/ERT.png
28272 \begin_layout Standard
28276 \begin_layout Standard
28277 This is a line with a
28281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28304 \begin_layout Standard
28305 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28313 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28314 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28322 \begin_layout Subsection
28323 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28324 \begin_inset OptArg
28327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28334 \begin_inset Index idx
28337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28344 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28346 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28353 \begin_layout Standard
28354 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28355 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28356 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28365 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28366 any time if you know the right commands.
28368 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28372 \begin_inset space \space{}
28375 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
28377 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28378 all caption labels bold.
28379 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28381 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
28385 \begin_layout Standard
28386 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28387 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
28388 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28390 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28399 \begin_layout Standard
28400 As result you know that the package
28405 \begin_inset Index idx
28408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28409 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28415 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28417 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28423 \begin_layout Standard
28428 usepackage[options]{package name}
28431 \begin_layout Standard
28432 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28433 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28434 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28437 \begin_layout Standard
28438 In your case the package name is
28443 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28448 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28449 So you add the command
28452 \begin_layout Standard
28457 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28460 \begin_layout Standard
28461 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28466 For more commands provided by the
28470 package, have a look at its documentation,
28471 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28485 \begin_layout Standard
28486 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28488 For example if you use a
28492 class, you don't need the package
28496 , you can instead write
28499 \begin_layout Standard
28504 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28509 \begin_layout Standard
28510 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28511 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28512 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28519 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
28522 \begin_layout Standard
28523 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
28524 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28526 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28527 the previous section.
28530 \begin_layout Standard
28531 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28533 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28535 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28543 \begin_layout Section
28544 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28547 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28552 \begin_inset Index idx
28555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28562 \begin_inset Index idx
28565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28574 \begin_layout Standard
28575 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28576 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28577 to break your train of thought with
28579 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28585 \begin_layout Standard
28586 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28587 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28592 \begin_inset Index idx
28595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28596 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28601 as explained below, and turn on
28604 \begin_inset space ~
28611 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28615 \begin_inset space ~
28619 \begin_inset space ~
28622 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28627 \begin_inset space ~
28632 is the multiplication factor for the size.
28635 \begin_layout Standard
28636 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28638 Previews of an already loaded document are
28642 generated just by selecting the
28645 \begin_inset space ~
28650 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28653 \begin_layout Standard
28654 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28655 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28658 \begin_inset space ~
28663 check box in the insert dialog.
28664 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28668 \begin_layout Standard
28669 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28673 (on some systems named simply
28678 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28680 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28686 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28687 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28695 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28699 \begin_layout Standard
28700 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28706 \begin_layout Standard
28707 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28711 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28713 \begin_inset space ~
28718 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28719 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28721 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28722 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28723 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28724 the source view window.
28727 \begin_layout Section
28729 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28731 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28736 \begin_inset Index idx
28739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28748 \begin_layout Standard
28749 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28750 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28767 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28773 can be seen as the successor to
28781 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
28787 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28788 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28796 \begin_layout Standard
28797 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28798 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28805 \begin_layout Standard
28808 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28811 or the toolbar button
28812 \begin_inset Graphics
28813 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28814 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28818 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28819 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28820 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28821 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28822 scrolled so that it is visible.
28827 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28829 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28833 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28834 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28837 \begin_layout Standard
28838 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28841 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28845 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28846 will bring an error message.
28847 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28848 specifying a different
28850 Alternative language
28852 in preferences dialog.
28855 \begin_layout Standard
28856 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28859 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28863 \begin_layout Standard
28864 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28865 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28867 But you can use the
28870 \begin_inset space ~
28874 \begin_inset space ~
28882 \begin_layout Standard
28883 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28884 This does work with
28888 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28891 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28895 \begin_layout Standard
28900 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28903 \begin_layout Description
28905 \begin_inset space ~
28908 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28909 should consider, e.
28910 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28914 \begin_inset space \space{}
28917 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28918 This should not normally be needed.
28921 \begin_layout Description
28923 \begin_inset space ~
28926 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28927 the spell checker's default choice
28930 \begin_layout Description
28932 \begin_inset space ~
28936 \begin_inset space ~
28939 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28951 \begin_layout Description
28953 \begin_inset space ~
28957 \begin_inset space ~
28960 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28962 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28969 also for the spellchecker.
28973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28974 The encodings are explained in section
28975 \begin_inset space ~
28979 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28981 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28990 Only enable this if you use
28994 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28995 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28996 so this is disabled by default.
28999 \begin_layout Section
29001 \begin_inset Index idx
29004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29011 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29013 name "sec:Thesaurus"
29020 \begin_layout Standard
29021 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
29022 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
29031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29032 \begin_inset CommandInset href
29034 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
29043 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
29044 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
29045 are available for many languages.
29048 \begin_layout Standard
29049 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
29053 \begin_layout Subsection
29054 Setting up the thesaurus
29057 \begin_layout Standard
29062 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
29067 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
29072 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
29074 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29078 en_EN for English).
29079 For instance, the English files are named:
29082 \begin_layout Itemize
29086 \begin_layout Itemize
29090 \begin_layout Standard
29091 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
29092 already on your system.
29093 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
29094 \begin_inset Flex URL
29097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29099 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
29105 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
29110 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
29112 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
29113 unpack a zip archive.
29116 \begin_layout Standard
29125 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
29126 s), and specify the path to this directory in
29128 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29129 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29133 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
29136 \begin_layout Subsection
29137 Using the thesaurus
29140 \begin_layout Standard
29141 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
29143 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29146 or the toolbar button
29147 \begin_inset Graphics
29148 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
29149 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29150 rotateOrigin center
29154 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
29156 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
29158 The proposals are grouped into categories.
29159 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
29160 and hyponyms (such as
29168 ), compounds (such as
29172 ) and antonyms (such as
29180 ), which are marked as such.
29183 \begin_layout Standard
29184 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
29185 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
29189 \begin_layout Standard
29190 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
29191 the dictionary, such as the above
29195 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
29196 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29200 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
29201 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
29202 For example looking up the word forms
29210 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
29215 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
29216 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29228 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
29229 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
29230 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
29233 \begin_layout Subsection
29234 License of the Thesaurus library
29237 \begin_layout Standard
29242 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
29247 as a standalone program.
29248 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
29249 The library was released under the
29251 Berkeley Database License
29253 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
29254 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
29255 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
29257 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
29260 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
29264 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
29267 \begin_layout Section
29269 \begin_inset Index idx
29272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29279 \begin_inset Index idx
29282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29283 Document ! Change Tracking
29289 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29291 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29298 \begin_layout Standard
29299 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
29300 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
29301 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
29302 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29304 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29306 \begin_inset space ~
29309 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29311 \begin_inset space ~
29319 \begin_layout Standard
29320 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
29334 The color depends on the author that made the change.
29335 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29338 \begin_inset space ~
29342 \begin_inset space ~
29352 \begin_inset Index idx
29355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29356 Color ! Change tracking
29361 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
29362 the cursor is in changed text.
29363 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
29364 \begin_inset Graphics
29365 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29366 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29367 rotateOrigin center
29374 \begin_layout Standard
29375 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29376 \begin_inset Index idx
29379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29388 \begin_layout Standard
29389 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29395 \begin_layout Standard
29396 \begin_inset Graphics
29397 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29404 \begin_layout Standard
29405 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29411 \begin_layout Standard
29412 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29416 \begin_layout Standard
29417 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29423 \begin_layout Standard
29424 \begin_inset Tabular
29425 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29426 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
29427 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29428 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29429 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29434 \begin_inset Graphics
29435 filename ../images/changes-track.png
29436 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29437 rotateOrigin center
29446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29452 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29454 \begin_inset space ~
29457 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29459 \begin_inset space ~
29468 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29473 \begin_inset Graphics
29474 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29475 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29476 rotateOrigin center
29485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29491 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29493 \begin_inset space ~
29496 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29498 \begin_inset space ~
29502 \begin_inset space ~
29506 \begin_inset space ~
29515 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29520 \begin_inset Graphics
29521 filename ../images/change-next.png
29522 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29523 rotateOrigin center
29532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29536 Jumps to the next change
29542 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29547 \begin_inset Graphics
29548 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29549 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29550 rotateOrigin center
29559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29565 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29567 \begin_inset space ~
29570 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29572 \begin_inset space ~
29581 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29586 \begin_inset Graphics
29587 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29588 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29589 rotateOrigin center
29598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29604 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29606 \begin_inset space ~
29609 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29611 \begin_inset space ~
29620 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29625 \begin_inset Graphics
29626 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29627 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29628 rotateOrigin center
29637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29643 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29645 \begin_inset space ~
29648 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29650 \begin_inset space ~
29659 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29664 \begin_inset Graphics
29665 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29666 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29667 rotateOrigin center
29676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29682 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29684 \begin_inset space ~
29687 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29689 \begin_inset space ~
29693 \begin_inset space ~
29702 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29707 \begin_inset Graphics
29708 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29709 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29710 rotateOrigin center
29719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29725 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29727 \begin_inset space ~
29730 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29732 \begin_inset space ~
29736 \begin_inset space ~
29745 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29750 \begin_inset Graphics
29751 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29752 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29753 rotateOrigin center
29762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29768 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29769 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29771 \begin_inset space ~
29780 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29785 \begin_inset Graphics
29786 filename ../images/note-next.png
29787 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29788 rotateOrigin center
29797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29803 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29805 \begin_inset space ~
29821 \begin_layout Standard
29822 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29828 \begin_layout Standard
29829 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29830 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29831 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29832 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29833 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29834 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29835 step to the next change.
29836 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29839 \begin_layout Standard
29840 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29841 to describe a change.
29844 \begin_layout Standard
29845 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29850 \begin_inset Index idx
29853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29854 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29860 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29861 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29867 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29870 \begin_layout Section
29871 International Support
29872 \begin_inset Index idx
29875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29876 International support
29884 \begin_layout Standard
29885 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29886 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29887 how to set up LyX to use them:
29888 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29890 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29897 \begin_layout Standard
29898 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29899 \begin_inset space ~
29903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29905 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29912 \begin_layout Subsection
29914 \begin_inset Index idx
29917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29924 \begin_inset Index idx
29927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29928 Document ! Settings
29934 \begin_inset Index idx
29937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29938 Document ! Language
29946 \begin_layout Standard
29949 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29952 dialog lets you set
29954 the language and character encoding for your language.
29958 \begin_layout Standard
29959 Choose your language in the
29963 section of this dialog.
29971 \begin_layout Standard
29976 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29981 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29982 For details about the different encoding options see section
29983 \begin_inset space ~
29987 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29989 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29996 \begin_layout Subsection
29997 Keyboard mapping configuration
29998 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30000 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
30007 \begin_layout Standard
30008 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
30009 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
30010 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
30011 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
30012 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
30014 \begin_inset space ~
30018 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30020 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
30025 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
30026 which one you want to use.
30029 \begin_layout Standard
30030 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
30031 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
30032 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
30033 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
30034 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
30035 one to support the characters you want.
30036 This and many other customizations are explained in the
30043 \begin_layout Subsection
30047 \begin_layout Standard
30049 \begin_inset space ~
30053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30055 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
30064 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
30068 \begin_layout Standard
30069 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
30070 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
30078 \begin_layout Itemize
30079 Even if you have selected
30085 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30088 dialog, users who have only the
30092 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
30096 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
30097 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
30098 french quotes won't show up.
30101 \begin_layout Standard
30102 \begin_inset Float table
30107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30108 \begin_inset Caption
30110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30111 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30113 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
30129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30131 \begin_inset Tabular
30132 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
30133 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30134 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30135 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30136 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30137 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30138 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30139 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30140 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30141 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30142 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30143 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30144 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30145 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30146 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30147 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30148 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30149 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30150 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34563 \begin_layout Standard
34564 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34566 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34567 also the characters from
34579 \begin_layout Itemize
34588 \begin_layout Standard
34589 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34590 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34596 \begin_layout Standard
34597 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34598 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34604 \begin_layout Standard
34605 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34606 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34612 \begin_layout Standard
34613 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34614 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34620 \begin_layout Standard
34622 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34628 \begin_layout Standard
34630 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34636 \begin_layout Standard
34638 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34645 \begin_layout Itemize
34658 \begin_layout Standard
34660 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34666 \begin_layout Standard
34668 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34674 \begin_layout Standard
34676 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34682 \begin_layout Standard
34684 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34690 \begin_layout Standard
34692 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34698 \begin_layout Standard
34700 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34707 \begin_layout Standard
34708 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34709 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34710 Also make sure you're using the
34717 \begin_layout Chapter
34720 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34722 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34729 \begin_layout Standard
34730 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
34731 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
34732 topic inside the user's guide.
34735 \begin_layout Section
34737 \begin_inset Index idx
34740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34749 \begin_layout Standard
34754 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34755 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34758 \begin_layout Subsection
34762 \begin_layout Standard
34763 Creates a new document.
34766 \begin_layout Subsection
34770 \begin_layout Standard
34771 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
34772 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34773 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34776 \begin_layout Subsection
34780 \begin_layout Standard
34784 \begin_layout Subsection
34788 \begin_layout Standard
34789 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34790 Click there on a file to open it.
34793 \begin_layout Subsection
34797 \begin_layout Standard
34798 Closes the current document.
34801 \begin_layout Subsection
34805 \begin_layout Standard
34806 Closes all opened documents.
34809 \begin_layout Subsection
34813 \begin_layout Standard
34814 Saves the actual document.
34817 \begin_layout Subsection
34821 \begin_layout Standard
34822 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34825 \begin_layout Subsection
34829 \begin_layout Standard
34830 Saves all opened documents.
34833 \begin_layout Subsection
34837 \begin_layout Standard
34838 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34841 \begin_layout Subsection
34845 \begin_layout Standard
34846 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34847 It is described in the section
34849 Version Control in LyX
34853 Additional Features
34858 \begin_layout Subsection
34862 \begin_layout Standard
34863 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
34864 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
34865 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
34866 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34869 \begin_layout Standard
34870 When using the menu entry
34873 \begin_inset space ~
34878 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
34882 \begin_inset space ~
34886 \begin_inset space ~
34891 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
34892 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
34895 \begin_layout Subsection
34897 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34906 \begin_layout Standard
34907 You can export your document to various file formats.
34908 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34909 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34910 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34913 \begin_layout Standard
34914 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
34916 \begin_inset space ~
34920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34922 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34929 \begin_layout Description
34933 \begin_inset space ~
34938 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34940 \begin_inset Newline newline
34943 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
34946 \begin_layout Description
34954 \begin_layout Description
34955 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
34959 \begin_layout Description
34961 \begin_inset space ~
34965 \begin_inset space ~
34968 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34972 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34980 \begin_layout Description
34987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34995 \begin_inset space ~
35000 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
35001 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
35005 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
35008 \begin_layout Description
35015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35023 \begin_inset space ~
35028 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
35029 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
35037 \begin_layout Description
35039 \begin_inset space ~
35042 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
35043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35050 is replaced by the version number)
35053 \begin_layout Description
35054 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
35057 \begin_layout Description
35058 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
35071 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
35075 \begin_layout Description
35079 \begin_inset space ~
35084 PDF-format using the program
35089 \begin_layout Description
35093 \begin_inset space ~
35098 PDF-format using the program
35103 \begin_layout Description
35107 \begin_inset space ~
35112 PDF-format using the program
35117 \begin_layout Description
35121 \begin_inset space ~
35129 \begin_layout Description
35133 \begin_inset space ~
35137 \begin_inset space ~
35142 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
35143 and then exported as text using the program
35148 \begin_layout Description
35153 PostScript format using the program
35158 \begin_layout Description
35166 \begin_layout Standard
35171 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
35172 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
35178 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
35181 \begin_layout Standard
35182 If one of the menu entries
35189 \begin_inset space ~
35198 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35199 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35200 \begin_inset space ~
35204 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35206 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35211 \begin_inset Index idx
35214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35215 Reconfiguration of LyX
35223 \begin_layout Standard
35228 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
35229 the export program.
35232 \begin_layout Subsection
35236 \begin_layout Standard
35237 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
35238 format or send it to a printer.
35239 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
35240 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
35246 For more information have a look at section
35247 \begin_inset space ~
35251 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35253 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
35260 \begin_layout Subsection
35264 \begin_layout Standard
35265 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
35266 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
35267 prefix, see section
35268 \begin_inset space ~
35272 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35274 reference "sec:Paths"
35279 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
35288 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
35289 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
35290 \begin_inset space ~
35294 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35296 reference "sub:Converters"
35303 \begin_layout Subsection
35304 New and Close Window
35307 \begin_layout Standard
35308 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
35311 \begin_layout Subsection
35315 \begin_layout Standard
35316 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
35319 \begin_layout Section
35321 \begin_inset Index idx
35324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35333 \begin_layout Subsection
35337 \begin_layout Standard
35338 Described in section
35339 \begin_inset space ~
35343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35345 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
35352 \begin_layout Subsection
35353 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
35356 \begin_layout Standard
35357 Described in section
35358 \begin_inset space ~
35362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35364 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35371 \begin_layout Subsection
35375 \begin_layout Standard
35376 Selects the whole document.
35379 \begin_layout Subsection
35383 \begin_layout Standard
35384 Described in section
35385 \begin_inset space ~
35389 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35391 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35398 \begin_layout Subsection
35399 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35402 \begin_layout Standard
35403 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35407 \begin_layout Subsection
35411 \begin_layout Standard
35412 Described in section
35413 \begin_inset space ~
35417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35419 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35426 \begin_layout Subsection
35428 \begin_inset Index idx
35431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35432 Paragraph ! Settings
35440 \begin_layout Standard
35441 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
35442 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
35445 \begin_layout Standard
35446 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
35447 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
35449 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35455 \begin_inset space ~
35463 \begin_layout Subsection
35464 Table Settings and Math
35467 \begin_layout Standard
35468 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
35470 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
35471 The properties of tables are described in section
35472 \begin_inset space ~
35476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35478 reference "sec:Tables"
35482 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35483 \begin_inset space ~
35487 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35489 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35496 \begin_layout Subsection
35497 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35500 \begin_layout Standard
35501 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
35502 that can be nested.
35503 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35504 \begin_inset space ~
35508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35510 reference "sec:Nesting"
35515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35517 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35524 \begin_layout Section
35526 \begin_inset Index idx
35529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35538 \begin_layout Standard
35543 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35544 document with an external program.
35545 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35546 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35547 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35548 \begin_inset space ~
35552 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35554 reference "sub:Export"
35559 You should at least see the menu entries
35566 \begin_inset space ~
35572 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35573 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35574 \begin_inset space ~
35578 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35580 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35585 \begin_inset Index idx
35588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35589 Reconfiguration of LyX
35597 \begin_layout Standard
35598 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35599 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35600 \begin_inset space ~
35604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35606 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35611 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35614 \begin_layout Standard
35615 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35618 At the bottom of the
35622 menu the opened documents are listed.
35625 \begin_layout Subsection
35626 Open/Close all Insets
35629 \begin_layout Standard
35630 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35633 \begin_layout Subsection
35634 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35637 \begin_layout Standard
35638 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35641 \begin_layout Standard
35642 Math macros are described in the
35649 \begin_layout Subsection
35653 \begin_layout Standard
35654 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35656 \begin_inset space ~
35660 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35662 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35669 \begin_layout Subsection
35673 \begin_layout Standard
35674 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35675 opening a new view window.
35678 \begin_layout Subsection
35682 \begin_layout Standard
35683 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35684 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
35685 view the same document, but at different positions.
35686 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
35687 or more documents at the same time.
35688 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35695 \begin_layout Subsection
35699 \begin_layout Standard
35700 Closes a split view.
35703 \begin_layout Subsection
35707 \begin_layout Standard
35708 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
35709 so that you will see nothing but your text.
35710 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35711 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35712 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
35715 \begin_layout Subsection
35717 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35719 name "sub:Toolbars"
35724 \begin_inset Index idx
35727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35736 \begin_layout Standard
35737 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35738 All toolbars and the
35741 \begin_inset space ~
35746 can be turned on and off.
35751 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35763 \begin_inset space ~
35772 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35776 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35783 \begin_layout Standard
35788 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35792 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35793 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35794 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35795 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35796 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35799 \begin_layout Standard
35800 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
35801 \begin_inset space ~
35805 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35807 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35814 \begin_layout Section
35816 \begin_inset Index idx
35819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35828 \begin_layout Subsection
35832 \begin_layout Standard
35833 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35834 \begin_inset space ~
35838 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35840 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35851 \begin_layout Subsection
35853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35855 name "sub:Special-Character"
35862 \begin_layout Standard
35863 Here you can insert the following characters:
35866 \begin_layout Description
35867 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35868 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35869 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35870 \begin_inset Newline newline
35874 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35882 Not all characters will be visible in the
35886 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
35888 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35892 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35894 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35898 ) can display every character.
35906 \begin_layout Description
35907 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35911 \begin_layout Description
35913 \begin_inset space ~
35917 \begin_inset space ~
35920 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35921 \begin_inset space ~
35925 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35927 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35934 \begin_layout Description
35936 \begin_inset space ~
35939 Quote Inserts this quote:
35940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35943 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35945 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35955 \begin_layout Description
35957 \begin_inset space ~
35960 Quote Inserts this quote:
35961 \begin_inset Quotes els
35967 \begin_layout Description
35969 \begin_inset space ~
35972 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35976 \begin_layout Description
35978 \begin_inset space ~
35981 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35985 \begin_layout Description
35987 \begin_inset space ~
35990 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35994 \begin_layout Description
35996 \begin_inset space ~
36000 \begin_inset Index idx
36003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36010 \begin_inset Index idx
36013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36014 Language ! Phonetic symbols
36019 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
36020 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
36021 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
36026 \begin_inset Index idx
36029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36030 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
36036 \begin_inset Newline newline
36039 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
36043 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36051 and this Wiki-page:
36052 \begin_inset Newline newline
36056 \begin_inset Flex URL
36059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36061 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
36069 \begin_layout Subsection
36073 \begin_layout Standard
36074 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
36077 \begin_layout Description
36078 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
36079 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
36085 \begin_layout Description
36086 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
36087 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
36093 \begin_layout Description
36095 \begin_inset space ~
36098 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
36099 \begin_inset space ~
36103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36105 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
36112 \begin_layout Description
36114 \begin_inset space ~
36117 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
36118 \begin_inset space ~
36122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36124 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
36131 \begin_layout Description
36133 \begin_inset space ~
36136 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
36137 \begin_inset space ~
36141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36143 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
36150 \begin_layout Description
36152 \begin_inset space ~
36155 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
36156 \begin_inset space ~
36160 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36162 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
36169 \begin_layout Description
36171 \begin_inset space ~
36174 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
36175 \begin_inset space ~
36179 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36181 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
36188 \begin_layout Description
36190 \begin_inset space ~
36193 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
36194 \begin_inset space ~
36198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36200 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
36207 \begin_layout Description
36209 \begin_inset space ~
36212 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
36213 \begin_inset space ~
36217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36219 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
36226 \begin_layout Description
36228 \begin_inset space ~
36231 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
36232 \begin_inset space ~
36236 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36238 reference "sub:Ligatures"
36245 \begin_layout Description
36247 \begin_inset space ~
36251 \begin_inset space ~
36254 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
36255 \begin_inset space ~
36259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36261 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36268 \begin_layout Description
36270 \begin_inset space ~
36273 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
36274 text line to the page border, see section
36275 \begin_inset space ~
36279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36281 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36288 \begin_layout Description
36290 \begin_inset space ~
36293 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
36294 \begin_inset space ~
36298 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36300 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36307 \begin_layout Description
36309 \begin_inset space ~
36312 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
36313 text page to the page border, described in section
36314 \begin_inset space ~
36318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36320 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36327 \begin_layout Description
36329 \begin_inset space ~
36332 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
36333 \begin_inset space ~
36337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36339 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36346 \begin_layout Description
36348 \begin_inset space ~
36352 \begin_inset space ~
36355 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
36356 \begin_inset space ~
36360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36362 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36369 \begin_layout Subsection
36373 \begin_layout Standard
36374 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
36375 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
36377 \begin_inset space ~
36381 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36383 reference "sec:toc"
36388 The index list is described in section
36389 \begin_inset space ~
36393 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36395 reference "sec:Index"
36399 , the nomenclature in section
36400 \begin_inset space ~
36404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36406 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36410 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36411 \begin_inset space ~
36415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36417 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36424 \begin_layout Subsection
36428 \begin_layout Standard
36429 To insert floats, described in section
36430 \begin_inset space ~
36434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36436 reference "sec:Floats"
36443 \begin_layout Subsection
36447 \begin_layout Standard
36448 To insert notes, described in section
36449 \begin_inset space ~
36453 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36455 reference "sec:Notes"
36462 \begin_layout Subsection
36466 \begin_layout Standard
36467 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36468 \begin_inset space ~
36472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36474 reference "sec:Branches"
36481 \begin_layout Subsection
36485 \begin_layout Standard
36486 Inserts document class-specific insets.
36487 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
36489 An example is the document class
36490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36497 with three custom insets.
36500 Flex insets and InsetLayout
36506 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
36509 \begin_layout Subsection
36511 \begin_inset Index idx
36514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36523 \begin_layout Standard
36524 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
36525 files in your document.
36526 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
36537 \begin_layout Subsection
36539 \begin_inset Index idx
36542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36551 \begin_layout Standard
36552 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36553 \begin_inset space ~
36557 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36559 reference "sec:Minipages"
36564 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
36575 \begin_layout Subsection
36579 \begin_layout Standard
36580 Inserts a citation as described in section
36581 \begin_inset space ~
36585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36587 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36594 \begin_layout Subsection
36598 \begin_layout Standard
36599 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36600 \begin_inset space ~
36604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36606 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36613 \begin_layout Subsection
36617 \begin_layout Standard
36618 Inserts a label as described in section
36619 \begin_inset space ~
36623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36625 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36632 \begin_layout Subsection
36634 \begin_inset Index idx
36637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36644 \begin_inset Index idx
36647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36648 Longtables ! Caption
36656 \begin_layout Standard
36657 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
36658 Floats are described in section
36659 \begin_inset space ~
36663 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36665 reference "sec:Floats"
36669 , captions in longtables are described in the section
36680 \begin_layout Subsection
36684 \begin_layout Standard
36685 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36686 \begin_inset space ~
36690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36692 reference "sec:Index"
36699 \begin_layout Subsection
36703 \begin_layout Standard
36704 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36705 \begin_inset space ~
36709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36711 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36718 \begin_layout Subsection
36722 \begin_layout Standard
36724 Tables are described in section
36725 \begin_inset space ~
36729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36731 reference "sec:Tables"
36738 \begin_layout Subsection
36742 \begin_layout Standard
36744 Graphics are described in section
36745 \begin_inset space ~
36749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36751 reference "sec:Graphics"
36758 \begin_layout Subsection
36762 \begin_layout Standard
36763 Inserts an URL as described in section
36764 \begin_inset space ~
36768 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36770 reference "sub:URLs"
36777 \begin_layout Subsection
36781 \begin_layout Standard
36782 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36783 \begin_inset space ~
36787 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36789 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36796 \begin_layout Subsection
36800 \begin_layout Standard
36801 Inserts a footnote, see section
36802 \begin_inset space ~
36806 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36808 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36815 \begin_layout Subsection
36819 \begin_layout Standard
36820 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36821 \begin_inset space ~
36825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36827 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36834 \begin_layout Subsection
36838 \begin_layout Standard
36839 Inserts a short title, see section
36840 \begin_inset space ~
36844 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36846 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36853 \begin_layout Subsection
36857 \begin_layout Standard
36858 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36859 \begin_inset space ~
36863 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36865 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36872 \begin_layout Subsection
36874 \begin_inset Index idx
36877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36886 \begin_layout Standard
36887 Inserts a program listings box.
36888 Program listings are explained in the chapter
36890 Program Code Listings
36899 \begin_layout Subsection
36903 \begin_layout Standard
36904 Inserts the actual date.
36905 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36907 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
36919 \begin_layout Section
36921 \begin_inset Index idx
36924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36933 \begin_layout Standard
36934 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36935 \begin_inset space ~
36938 of the current document.
36939 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36942 \begin_layout Subsection
36946 \begin_layout Standard
36947 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36948 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
36950 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36954 \begin_inset space \space{}
36958 \begin_inset space ~
36962 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36963 \begin_inset space ~
36966 2.5 and use the menu
36969 \begin_inset space ~
36973 \begin_inset space ~
36980 \begin_inset space ~
36986 \begin_inset space ~
36990 \begin_inset space ~
36996 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
37000 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
37006 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
37012 \begin_layout Standard
37013 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
37014 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
37017 \begin_layout Subsection
37018 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
37021 \begin_layout Standard
37022 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
37026 \begin_layout Subsection
37030 \begin_layout Standard
37031 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
37032 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
37033 on a cross-reference box.
37036 \begin_layout Section
37038 \begin_inset Index idx
37041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37050 \begin_layout Subsection
37054 \begin_layout Standard
37055 Change Tracking is described in section
37056 \begin_inset space ~
37060 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37062 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
37069 \begin_layout Subsection
37074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37084 \begin_layout Standard
37085 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
37087 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
37090 \begin_layout Standard
37091 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
37096 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
37099 \begin_layout Subsection
37103 \begin_layout Standard
37104 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
37105 \begin_inset space ~
37109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37111 reference "sec:Navigating"
37116 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37118 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
37125 \begin_layout Subsection
37126 Start Appendix Here
37129 \begin_layout Standard
37130 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
37131 position as described in section
37132 \begin_inset space ~
37136 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37138 reference "sec:Appendices"
37145 \begin_layout Subsection
37149 \begin_layout Standard
37150 Un/compresses the current document.
37153 \begin_layout Subsection
37157 \begin_layout Standard
37158 The document settings are described in appendix
37159 \begin_inset space ~
37163 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37165 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
37172 \begin_layout Section
37174 \begin_inset Index idx
37177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37186 \begin_layout Subsection
37190 \begin_layout Standard
37191 Spell checking is explained in section
37192 \begin_inset space ~
37196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37198 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37205 \begin_layout Subsection
37209 \begin_layout Standard
37210 The thesaurus is described in section
37211 \begin_inset space ~
37215 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37217 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37224 \begin_layout Subsection
37226 \begin_inset Index idx
37229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37236 \begin_inset Index idx
37239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37248 \begin_layout Standard
37249 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
37250 highlighted document part.
37253 \begin_layout Subsection
37255 \begin_inset Index idx
37258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37267 \begin_layout Standard
37268 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37271 \begin_layout Subsection
37273 \begin_inset Index idx
37276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37277 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37288 Reconfiguration of LyX
37292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37305 \begin_inset Index idx
37308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37309 Reconfiguration of LyX
37317 \begin_layout Standard
37318 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
37319 and needed programs it needs; see also section
37320 \begin_inset space ~
37324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37326 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37333 \begin_layout Subsection
37337 \begin_layout Standard
37338 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
37339 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37345 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37352 \begin_layout Section
37354 \begin_inset Index idx
37357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37366 \begin_layout Standard
37367 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37371 \begin_layout Standard
37375 \begin_inset space ~
37380 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37381 found by LyX (see also section
37382 \begin_inset space ~
37386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37388 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37395 \begin_layout Section
37397 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37399 name "sec:Toolbars"
37406 \begin_layout Standard
37407 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37408 \begin_inset space ~
37412 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37414 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37421 \begin_layout Standard
37422 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37423 This is described in the
37425 Additional Features
37430 \begin_layout Subsection
37432 \begin_inset Index idx
37435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37444 \begin_layout Standard
37445 \begin_inset Graphics
37446 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37454 \begin_layout Standard
37455 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37461 \begin_layout Standard
37462 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37479 \begin_inset Note Note
37482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37483 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37488 manual for more information.
37496 \begin_layout Standard
37497 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37503 \begin_layout Standard
37504 \begin_inset Tabular
37505 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37506 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37507 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37508 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37514 \begin_inset Graphics
37515 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37529 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37542 \begin_layout Standard
37543 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37549 \begin_layout Standard
37551 \begin_inset Tabular
37552 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
37553 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37554 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37555 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37556 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37563 \begin_inset Graphics
37564 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37565 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37580 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37587 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37592 \begin_inset Graphics
37593 filename ../images/file-open.png
37594 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37609 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37616 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37621 \begin_inset Graphics
37622 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37623 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37638 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37645 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37650 \begin_inset Graphics
37651 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37652 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37667 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37674 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37679 \begin_inset Graphics
37680 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37681 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37696 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37703 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37708 \begin_inset Graphics
37709 filename ../images/undo.png
37710 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37725 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37732 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37737 \begin_inset Graphics
37738 filename ../images/redo.png
37739 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37754 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37761 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37766 \begin_inset Graphics
37767 filename ../images/cut.png
37768 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37783 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37790 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37795 \begin_inset Graphics
37796 filename ../images/copy.png
37797 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37812 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37819 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37824 \begin_inset Graphics
37825 filename ../images/paste.png
37826 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37841 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37848 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37853 \begin_inset Graphics
37854 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37855 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37856 rotateOrigin center
37865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37871 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37873 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37877 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37886 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37891 \begin_inset Graphics
37892 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37893 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37894 rotateOrigin center
37903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37909 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37910 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37917 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37922 \begin_inset Graphics
37923 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37924 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37937 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37939 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37941 \begin_inset space ~
37952 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37957 \begin_inset Graphics
37958 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37959 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37972 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37974 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37976 \begin_inset space ~
37987 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37992 \begin_inset Graphics
37993 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37994 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38007 Formats text using the current settings in the
38009 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38011 \begin_inset space ~
38022 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38027 \begin_inset Graphics
38028 filename ../images/math-mode.png
38029 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38044 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38045 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38047 \begin_inset space ~
38056 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38061 \begin_inset Graphics
38062 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
38063 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38064 rotateOrigin center
38073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38079 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38086 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38091 \begin_inset Graphics
38092 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
38093 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38094 rotateOrigin center
38103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38109 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38116 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38121 \begin_inset Graphics
38122 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
38123 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38124 rotateOrigin center
38133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38137 Toggle outline window on/off,
38139 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38146 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38151 \begin_inset Graphics
38152 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38153 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38154 rotateOrigin center
38163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38167 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38173 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38178 \begin_inset Graphics
38179 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38180 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38181 rotateOrigin center
38190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38194 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38207 \begin_layout Subsection
38209 \begin_inset Index idx
38212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38221 \begin_layout Standard
38222 \begin_inset Graphics
38223 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38231 \begin_layout Standard
38232 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38238 \begin_layout Standard
38239 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38243 \begin_layout Standard
38244 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38250 \begin_layout Standard
38251 \begin_inset Tabular
38252 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38253 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38254 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38255 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38256 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38261 \begin_inset Graphics
38262 filename ../images/layout.png
38263 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38264 rotateOrigin center
38273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38283 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38288 \begin_inset Graphics
38289 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38290 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38291 rotateOrigin center
38300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38310 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38315 \begin_inset Graphics
38316 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38317 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38318 rotateOrigin center
38327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38337 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38342 \begin_inset Graphics
38343 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38344 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38345 rotateOrigin center
38354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38364 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38369 \begin_inset Graphics
38370 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38371 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38372 rotateOrigin center
38381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38391 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38396 \begin_inset Graphics
38397 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38398 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38399 rotateOrigin center
38408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38414 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38416 \begin_inset space ~
38420 \begin_inset space ~
38429 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38434 \begin_inset Graphics
38435 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38436 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38437 rotateOrigin center
38446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38452 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38454 \begin_inset space ~
38458 \begin_inset space ~
38467 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38472 \begin_inset Graphics
38473 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38474 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38489 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38490 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38497 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38502 \begin_inset Graphics
38503 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38504 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38519 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38520 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38527 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38532 \begin_inset Graphics
38533 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38534 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38549 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38556 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38561 \begin_inset Graphics
38562 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38563 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38578 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38585 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38590 \begin_inset Graphics
38591 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38592 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38607 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38614 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38619 \begin_inset Graphics
38620 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38621 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38636 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38638 \begin_inset space ~
38647 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38652 \begin_inset Graphics
38653 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38654 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38669 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38671 \begin_inset space ~
38680 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38685 \begin_inset Graphics
38686 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38687 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38702 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38709 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38714 \begin_inset Graphics
38715 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38716 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38717 rotateOrigin center
38726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38732 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38734 \begin_inset space ~
38743 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38748 \begin_inset Graphics
38749 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38750 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38765 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38766 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38768 \begin_inset space ~
38777 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38782 \begin_inset Graphics
38783 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38784 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38799 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38806 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38811 \begin_inset Graphics
38812 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38813 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38828 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38835 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38840 \begin_inset Graphics
38841 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38842 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38857 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38879 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38884 \begin_inset Graphics
38885 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38886 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38901 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38902 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38909 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38914 \begin_inset Graphics
38915 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38916 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38931 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38932 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38934 \begin_inset space ~
38943 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38948 \begin_inset Graphics
38949 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38950 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38951 rotateOrigin center
38960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38966 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38968 \begin_inset space ~
38977 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38982 \begin_inset Graphics
38983 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38984 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38985 rotateOrigin center
38994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39000 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39002 \begin_inset space ~
39011 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39016 \begin_inset Graphics
39017 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
39018 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39019 rotateOrigin center
39028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39034 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39048 \begin_layout Subsection
39049 View / Update Toolbar
39050 \begin_inset Index idx
39053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39054 Toolbar ! View / Update
39062 \begin_layout Standard
39063 \begin_inset Graphics
39064 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
39071 \begin_layout Standard
39072 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39078 \begin_layout Standard
39079 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
39083 \begin_layout Standard
39084 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39090 \begin_layout Standard
39091 \begin_inset Tabular
39092 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
39093 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39094 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39095 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39096 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39101 \begin_inset Graphics
39102 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
39103 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39104 rotateOrigin center
39113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39119 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39126 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39131 \begin_inset Graphics
39132 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
39133 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39134 rotateOrigin center
39143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39149 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39150 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39157 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39162 \begin_inset Graphics
39163 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39164 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39165 rotateOrigin center
39174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39180 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39187 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39192 \begin_inset Graphics
39193 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39194 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39195 rotateOrigin center
39204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39210 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39211 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39218 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39223 \begin_inset Graphics
39224 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39225 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39226 rotateOrigin center
39235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39241 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39248 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39253 \begin_inset Graphics
39254 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39255 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39256 rotateOrigin center
39265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39271 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39272 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39286 \begin_layout Subsection
39290 \begin_layout Standard
39291 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39292 \begin_inset space ~
39296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39298 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39302 , the table toolbar
39303 \begin_inset Index idx
39306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39316 manual, the math macro toolbar
39317 \begin_inset Index idx
39320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39333 \begin_layout Chapter
39334 The Document Settings
39335 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39337 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39342 \begin_inset Index idx
39345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39346 Document ! Settings
39354 \begin_layout Standard
39355 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
39356 whole document and is called with the menu
39358 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39362 You can save your document settings as default with th
39364 e Save as Document Defaults
39366 button in the dialog.
39367 This will create a template name
39375 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
39379 \begin_layout Standard
39380 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
39383 \begin_layout Section
39387 \begin_layout Standard
39388 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
39390 Document classes are described in section
39391 \begin_inset space ~
39395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39397 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
39402 Some classes use some class options by default.
39403 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
39407 and you can decide to use them or not.
39408 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
39409 recommended not to touch them.
39410 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
39416 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
39417 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
39422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39423 When you want one of the following drivers
39424 \begin_inset Newline newline
39427 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
39428 \begin_inset Newline newline
39431 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
39432 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39436 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39438 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
39450 \begin_layout Standard
39451 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
39452 child or subdocument.
39453 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
39454 without its master.
39455 This way child documents are always compilable.
39456 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
39467 \begin_layout Section
39471 \begin_layout Standard
39472 Modules are explained in section
39473 \begin_inset space ~
39477 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39479 reference "sub:Modules"
39486 \begin_layout Section
39490 \begin_layout Standard
39491 The document font settings are described in section
39492 \begin_inset space ~
39496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39498 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
39505 \begin_layout Section
39509 \begin_layout Standard
39510 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
39512 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
39516 \begin_layout Standard
39517 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
39518 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
39519 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
39522 \begin_layout Standard
39523 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
39531 \begin_layout Section
39535 \begin_layout Standard
39536 A description of this menu is given in section
39537 \begin_inset space ~
39541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39543 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
39548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39550 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
39557 \begin_layout Section
39561 \begin_layout Standard
39562 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
39563 \begin_inset space ~
39567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39569 reference "sub:Margins"
39576 \begin_layout Section
39578 \begin_inset Index idx
39581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39582 Language ! Encoding
39590 \begin_layout Standard
39591 The document language and quote styles are set here.
39592 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
39593 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
39594 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
39595 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
39596 known for a particular character).
39600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39601 The known commands are defined in a text file.
39602 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
39607 manual for details.
39615 \begin_layout Standard
39616 If you use the option
39620 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
39621 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
39622 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
39623 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
39624 exactly one encoding.
39625 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
39633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39634 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
39635 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
39637 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39638 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39652 \begin_layout Standard
39653 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39654 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39655 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39656 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39657 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39658 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39663 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39664 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39665 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39668 \begin_layout Standard
39669 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39672 \begin_layout Description
39674 \begin_inset space ~
39678 \begin_inset space ~
39682 \begin_inset space ~
39689 , but the LaTeX-package
39694 \begin_inset Index idx
39697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39698 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39704 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39705 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39706 languages in TeX code.
39709 \begin_layout Description
39710 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39711 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39712 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39715 \begin_layout Description
39717 \begin_inset space ~
39721 \begin_inset space ~
39724 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39727 \begin_layout Description
39729 \begin_inset space ~
39733 \begin_inset space ~
39736 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39739 \begin_layout Description
39741 \begin_inset space ~
39744 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39747 \begin_layout Description
39749 \begin_inset space ~
39753 \begin_inset space ~
39756 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39757 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39760 \begin_layout Description
39762 \begin_inset space ~
39766 \begin_inset space ~
39769 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39773 \begin_layout Description
39775 \begin_inset space ~
39779 \begin_inset space ~
39782 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39783 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39786 \begin_layout Description
39788 \begin_inset space ~
39792 \begin_inset space ~
39796 \begin_inset space ~
39799 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39800 \begin_inset space ~
39806 \begin_layout Description
39808 \begin_inset space ~
39812 \begin_inset space ~
39816 \begin_inset space ~
39819 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39820 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39823 \begin_layout Description
39825 \begin_inset space ~
39829 \begin_inset space ~
39832 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39833 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39834 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39835 \begin_inset space ~
39839 \begin_inset space ~
39845 \begin_layout Description
39847 \begin_inset space ~
39851 \begin_inset space ~
39854 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39855 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39856 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39857 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39858 \begin_inset space ~
39862 \begin_inset space ~
39868 \begin_layout Description
39870 \begin_inset space ~
39874 \begin_inset space ~
39877 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39880 \begin_layout Description
39882 \begin_inset space ~
39886 \begin_inset space ~
39889 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39892 \begin_layout Description
39894 \begin_inset space ~
39898 \begin_inset space ~
39901 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39904 \begin_layout Description
39906 \begin_inset space ~
39909 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39912 \begin_layout Description
39914 \begin_inset space ~
39917 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39920 \begin_layout Description
39922 \begin_inset space ~
39926 \begin_inset space ~
39929 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39932 \begin_layout Description
39934 \begin_inset space ~
39938 \begin_inset space ~
39944 \begin_layout Description
39946 \begin_inset space ~
39950 \begin_inset space ~
39953 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39956 \begin_layout Description
39958 \begin_inset space ~
39962 \begin_inset space ~
39968 \begin_layout Description
39970 \begin_inset space ~
39974 \begin_inset space ~
39977 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39982 \begin_inset Index idx
39985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39986 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39991 , when using this, set the document language to
39996 \begin_layout Description
39998 \begin_inset space ~
40002 \begin_inset space ~
40005 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40009 , when using this, set the document language to
40014 \begin_layout Description
40016 \begin_inset space ~
40020 \begin_inset space ~
40023 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40028 \begin_inset Index idx
40031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40032 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
40037 , when using this, set the document language to
40042 \begin_layout Description
40044 \begin_inset space ~
40048 \begin_inset space ~
40051 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40055 , when using this, set the document language to
40060 \begin_layout Description
40062 \begin_inset space ~
40066 \begin_inset space ~
40069 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40073 , when using this, set the document language to
40078 \begin_layout Description
40080 \begin_inset space ~
40083 (EUC-KR) for Korean
40086 \begin_layout Description
40088 \begin_inset space ~
40092 \begin_inset space ~
40096 \begin_inset space ~
40099 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
40102 \begin_layout Description
40104 \begin_inset space ~
40108 \begin_inset space ~
40112 \begin_inset space ~
40115 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
40116 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
40117 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
40120 \begin_layout Description
40122 \begin_inset space ~
40126 \begin_inset space ~
40132 \begin_layout Description
40134 \begin_inset space ~
40138 \begin_inset space ~
40141 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
40142 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
40145 \begin_layout Description
40147 \begin_inset space ~
40151 \begin_inset space ~
40154 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
40159 \begin_inset Index idx
40162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40163 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
40168 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
40171 \begin_layout Description
40173 \begin_inset space ~
40177 \begin_inset space ~
40180 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
40184 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
40192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40193 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
40194 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40208 \begin_layout Description
40210 \begin_inset space ~
40214 \begin_inset space ~
40217 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
40222 \begin_inset Index idx
40225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40226 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
40231 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
40234 \begin_layout Description
40236 \begin_inset space ~
40239 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
40244 \begin_inset Index idx
40247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40248 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
40254 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
40258 \begin_layout Description
40260 \begin_inset space ~
40264 \begin_inset space ~
40268 \begin_inset space ~
40271 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
40272 \begin_inset space ~
40278 \begin_layout Description
40280 \begin_inset space ~
40284 \begin_inset space ~
40288 \begin_inset space ~
40291 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
40292 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
40293 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
40297 \begin_layout Description
40299 \begin_inset space ~
40303 \begin_inset space ~
40307 \begin_inset space ~
40310 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
40311 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
40314 \begin_layout Section
40318 \begin_layout Standard
40319 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
40320 depth in the table of contents as described in section
40321 \begin_inset space ~
40325 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40327 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
40334 \begin_layout Section
40338 \begin_layout Standard
40339 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
40344 \begin_inset Index idx
40347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40348 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
40358 \begin_inset Index idx
40361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40362 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
40367 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
40372 \begin_inset Index idx
40375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40376 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
40381 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
40383 For a further description see section
40384 \begin_inset space ~
40388 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40390 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40397 \begin_layout Section
40401 \begin_layout Standard
40402 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
40403 and you can define additional indexes.
40404 Please refer to section
40405 \begin_inset space ~
40409 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40411 reference "sec:Index"
40418 \begin_layout Section
40422 \begin_layout Standard
40423 The PDF properties are explained in section
40424 \begin_inset space ~
40428 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40430 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
40437 \begin_layout Section
40441 \begin_layout Standard
40442 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
40447 \begin_inset Index idx
40450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40451 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
40461 \begin_inset Index idx
40464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40465 LaTeX-packages ! esint
40470 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
40473 \begin_layout Standard
40478 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
40479 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
40482 \begin_layout Standard
40487 is used for special integral characters.
40490 \begin_layout Section
40494 \begin_layout Standard
40495 The float placement options are described in section
40496 \begin_inset space ~
40500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40502 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
40509 \begin_layout Section
40513 \begin_layout Standard
40514 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
40515 The itemize environment is described in section
40516 \begin_inset space ~
40520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40522 reference "sec:Itemize"
40529 \begin_layout Section
40533 \begin_layout Standard
40534 Branches are described in section
40535 \begin_inset space ~
40539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40541 reference "sec:Branches"
40548 \begin_layout Section
40553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40563 \begin_layout Standard
40564 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
40565 to define LaTeX-commands.
40566 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
40567 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
40571 \begin_layout Standard
40572 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
40573 \begin_inset space ~
40577 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40579 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
40586 \begin_layout Chapter
40592 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40594 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40599 \begin_inset Index idx
40602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40611 \begin_layout Standard
40612 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
40614 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40618 It has the following submenus.
40621 \begin_layout Section
40625 \begin_layout Subsection
40629 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40630 User Interface File
40631 \begin_inset Index idx
40634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40635 Customization ! of toolbars
40641 \begin_inset Index idx
40644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40645 Customization ! of menus
40653 \begin_layout Standard
40654 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40662 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40671 \begin_layout Standard
40672 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
40673 interface (ui) file.
40674 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40675 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40684 Both files are loaded by the
40689 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40690 files and edit the entries.
40693 \begin_layout Standard
40694 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40706 entries must be ended with an explicit
40731 and in the case of the
40732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40744 The syntax for the entries is:
40747 \begin_layout Standard
40748 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40776 \begin_layout Standard
40778 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40781 All LyX-functions are listed in
40782 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40791 \begin_layout Standard
40792 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40798 \begin_layout Standard
40799 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40801 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40804 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40808 \begin_layout Standard
40809 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40833 \begin_layout Standard
40835 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40838 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40841 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40845 \begin_layout Standard
40848 Enable tool tips in main work area
40850 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40854 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40858 \begin_layout Standard
40862 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40866 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40869 restoring of window layout and geometries
40871 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40872 in the last LyX session.
40875 \begin_layout Standard
40878 Restore cursor positions
40880 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40884 \begin_layout Standard
40887 Load opened files from last session
40889 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40892 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40894 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40896 name "sub:Backup documents"
40901 \begin_inset Index idx
40904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40913 \begin_layout Standard
40918 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40921 \begin_layout Standard
40926 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40929 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40931 \begin_inset space ~
40939 \begin_layout Standard
40942 Open documents in tabs
40944 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40948 \begin_layout Subsection
40950 \begin_inset Index idx
40953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40960 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40962 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40969 \begin_layout Standard
40970 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40973 \begin_layout Standard
40974 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40982 This section only deals with the fonts
40987 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40990 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40991 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41002 \begin_layout Standard
41003 By default, LyX uses
41007 as roman (serif) font,
41015 (depends on the system) as
41018 \begin_inset space ~
41034 \begin_layout Standard
41035 You can change the font size with the
41040 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
41041 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
41044 \begin_layout Standard
41049 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
41050 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
41052 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41055 points have the size of 1
41056 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41060 \begin_inset space ~
41064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41066 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
41073 \begin_layout Standard
41078 are the same as if a document font size of 10
41079 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41083 The sizes are explained in detail in section
41084 \begin_inset space ~
41088 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41090 reference "sub:Document-Font"
41097 \begin_layout Standard
41100 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
41102 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
41103 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
41104 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
41105 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
41107 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
41108 \begin_inset space ~
41114 \begin_layout Subsection
41116 \begin_inset Index idx
41119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41126 \begin_inset Index idx
41129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41138 \begin_layout Standard
41139 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
41140 Choose an item in the list and use the
41147 \begin_layout Subsection
41149 \begin_inset Index idx
41152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41161 \begin_layout Standard
41162 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
41165 \begin_layout Standard
41170 enables previewing snippets of your document.
41171 This feature is described in section
41172 \begin_inset space ~
41176 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41178 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
41185 \begin_layout Standard
41189 \begin_inset space ~
41193 \begin_inset space ~
41197 \begin_inset space ~
41202 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
41205 \begin_layout Section
41207 \begin_inset Index idx
41210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41219 \begin_layout Subsection
41223 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41227 \begin_layout Standard
41230 Cursor follows scrollbar
41232 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
41236 \begin_layout Standard
41239 Sort environments alphabetically
41241 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41244 \begin_layout Standard
41247 Group environments by their category
41249 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41252 \begin_layout Standard
41253 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
41265 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41269 \begin_layout Standard
41270 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
41275 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
41276 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
41280 \begin_layout Subsection
41282 \begin_inset Index idx
41285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41292 \begin_inset Index idx
41295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41296 Settings ! Shortcuts
41304 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41308 \begin_layout Standard
41309 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
41310 Several binding files are available:
41313 \begin_layout Description
41314 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
41317 \begin_layout Description
41318 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
41329 \begin_layout Description
41330 mac.bind set of bindings for
41333 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41341 \begin_layout Standard
41342 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
41346 , and bind files for special languages.
41347 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
41348 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41352 \begin_inset space \space{}
41356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41364 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
41368 \begin_layout Standard
41369 Some bind-files, like
41373 , have only a small scope.
41374 When looking at the end of the file
41378 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
41381 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41383 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41385 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
41390 \begin_inset Index idx
41393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41394 Key Bindings ! Editing
41402 \begin_layout Standard
41403 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
41404 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
41405 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
41408 Show key-bindings containing
41411 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
41412 Insert there for example as keyword
41413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41420 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
41422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41430 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
41431 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
41435 that you will find in the
41442 \begin_layout Standard
41444 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41448 \begin_inset space \space{}
41459 , select the function and press the
41464 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
41465 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
41466 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
41467 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
41468 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
41470 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
41472 The binding for the function
41476 is an example of this.
41479 \begin_layout Standard
41480 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
41482 The syntax of the entries is:
41485 \begin_layout Standard
41491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41509 \begin_layout Subsection
41511 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41515 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41519 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41521 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
41526 \begin_inset Index idx
41529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41536 \begin_inset Index idx
41539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41540 Settings ! Keyboard Map
41548 \begin_layout Standard
41549 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
41550 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
41552 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41556 \begin_inset space \space{}
41559 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
41560 can use the keyboard map file named
41567 \begin_layout Standard
41568 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41576 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
41584 \begin_layout Standard
41585 Besides this, you can specify here the
41587 Wheel scrolling speed
41590 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
41594 \begin_layout Subsection
41596 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41598 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
41603 \begin_inset Index idx
41606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41615 \begin_layout Standard
41616 Input completion is described in sec.
41617 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41621 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41623 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
41628 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
41630 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
41631 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
41635 \begin_layout Section
41637 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41644 \begin_inset Index idx
41647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41654 \begin_inset Index idx
41657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41666 \begin_layout Description
41668 \begin_inset space ~
41671 directory This is LyX's working directory.
41672 It is the default when you
41683 \begin_inset space ~
41691 \begin_layout Description
41693 \begin_inset space ~
41696 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41698 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41700 \begin_inset space ~
41704 \begin_inset space ~
41712 \begin_layout Description
41714 \begin_inset space ~
41717 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
41723 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41727 \begin_inset Newline newline
41731 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41743 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41751 \begin_layout Description
41753 \begin_inset space ~
41757 \begin_inset Index idx
41760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41766 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41767 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41768 \begin_inset space ~
41772 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41774 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41782 will be used to save the backups.
41783 \begin_inset Newline newline
41786 The backup files have the ending
41787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41797 \begin_layout Description
41802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41809 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41810 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41811 \begin_inset Newline newline
41815 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41823 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41831 \begin_layout Description
41833 \begin_inset space ~
41836 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41839 \begin_layout Description
41841 \begin_inset space ~
41844 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41845 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41846 to find it on the system.
41847 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
41848 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41850 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41854 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41857 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41858 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41862 \begin_layout Section
41866 \begin_layout Standard
41867 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41868 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41870 \begin_inset space ~
41874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41876 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41880 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41883 \begin_layout Section
41885 \begin_inset Index idx
41888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41889 Language ! Settings
41895 \begin_inset Index idx
41898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41899 Settings ! Language
41907 \begin_layout Subsection
41911 \begin_layout Description
41913 \begin_inset space ~
41917 \begin_inset space ~
41920 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41921 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41922 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
41923 You find the actual translation status here:
41924 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41926 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41927 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41934 \begin_layout Description
41936 \begin_inset space ~
41939 language is the language used in new documents
41942 \begin_layout Description
41944 \begin_inset space ~
41947 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41949 The default is the LaTeX-command
41955 that loads the package
41963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41964 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41965 \begin_inset space ~
41969 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41971 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41981 \begin_inset Newline newline
41988 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
41989 to the document language.
41990 A text label is, for instance, the word
41991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41998 at the beginning of every table caption.
42001 \begin_layout Description
42003 \begin_inset space ~
42006 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
42007 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
42008 An example is the start command
42014 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
42019 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42034 selectlanguage{$$lang}
42039 \begin_layout Description
42041 \begin_inset space ~
42049 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
42050 command toggles the package on and off.
42053 \begin_layout Description
42055 \begin_inset space ~
42065 \begin_layout Description
42066 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
42067 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
42068 used by all LaTeX-packages.
42069 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
42076 \begin_layout Description
42078 \begin_inset space ~
42081 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
42083 When this option is not set, the
42086 \begin_inset space ~
42091 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
42092 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
42095 \begin_inset space ~
42103 \begin_layout Description
42105 \begin_inset space ~
42111 \begin_inset space ~
42117 When it is not set, the
42120 \begin_inset space ~
42125 is set to the end of the document.
42128 \begin_layout Description
42130 \begin_inset space ~
42134 \begin_inset space ~
42137 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
42138 language will be underlined blue.
42141 \begin_layout Description
42143 \begin_inset space ~
42147 \begin_inset space ~
42150 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
42151 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
42154 \begin_layout Description
42156 \begin_inset space ~
42159 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
42160 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
42161 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
42162 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
42165 \begin_layout Subsection
42169 \begin_layout Standard
42170 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
42171 \begin_inset space ~
42175 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42177 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
42184 \begin_layout Section
42188 \begin_layout Subsection
42190 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42197 \begin_inset Index idx
42200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42207 \begin_inset Index idx
42210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42219 \begin_layout Description
42221 \begin_inset space ~
42224 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
42225 The name will be used when the
42230 \begin_inset Newline newline
42234 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42242 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
42250 \begin_layout Description
42252 \begin_inset space ~
42256 \begin_inset space ~
42260 \begin_inset space ~
42263 printer This option works only for the
42268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42280 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
42281 This is an option only for dvips experts.
42284 \begin_layout Description
42286 \begin_inset space ~
42289 command is the command LyX
42290 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42294 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42297 LaTeX uses for printing.
42298 The default is on most systems
42305 \begin_layout Description
42307 \begin_inset space ~
42311 \begin_inset space ~
42314 Options Here you can specify printer options.
42315 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
42316 of the program that provides the
42323 \begin_layout Subsection
42325 \begin_inset Index idx
42328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42335 \begin_inset Index idx
42338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42339 Settings ! Date format
42347 \begin_layout Standard
42348 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
42349 \begin_inset Newline newline
42353 \begin_inset Flex URL
42356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42358 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
42364 \begin_inset Newline newline
42367 For example the format
42368 \begin_inset Newline newline
42372 \begin_inset Newline newline
42375 prints the date as day/month/year.
42378 \begin_layout Subsection
42382 \begin_layout Description
42384 \begin_inset space ~
42388 \begin_inset space ~
42391 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
42394 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42395 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42397 \begin_inset space ~
42403 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
42407 \begin_layout Description
42409 \begin_inset space ~
42412 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
42417 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
42418 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
42421 \begin_layout Subsection
42426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42434 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42436 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
42441 \begin_inset Index idx
42444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42453 \begin_layout Description
42458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42466 \begin_inset space ~
42469 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
42474 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
42496 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
42497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42509 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
42510 LyX sets up in the background.
42511 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
42514 \begin_layout Description
42516 \begin_inset space ~
42520 \begin_inset space ~
42523 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
42528 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
42531 \begin_layout Standard
42532 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
42533 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
42534 manuals of the applications.
42535 Currently the following commands can be set:
42538 \begin_layout Description
42543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42551 \begin_inset space ~
42554 command Command for the program
42558 that is described in the section
42564 Additional Features
42569 \begin_layout Description
42574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42582 \begin_inset space ~
42585 command Command for the program
42589 that generates the bibliography, see section
42590 \begin_inset space ~
42594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42596 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
42603 \begin_layout Description
42605 \begin_inset space ~
42608 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
42609 \begin_inset space ~
42613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42615 reference "sub:Index-Program"
42622 \begin_layout Description
42624 \begin_inset space ~
42627 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
42628 \begin_inset space ~
42632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42634 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
42641 \begin_layout Description
42643 \begin_inset space ~
42647 \begin_inset space ~
42651 \begin_inset space ~
42655 \begin_inset space ~
42658 options They only have an effect when the program
42662 is used as DVI-viewer.
42665 \begin_layout Standard
42666 There are additionally the following options:
42669 \begin_layout Description
42671 \begin_inset space ~
42675 \begin_inset space ~
42679 \begin_inset space ~
42683 \begin_inset space ~
42687 \begin_inset space ~
42690 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
42691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42708 to separate folders.
42709 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
42710 \begin_inset Index idx
42713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42720 \begin_inset Index idx
42723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42732 \begin_layout Description
42734 \begin_inset space ~
42738 \begin_inset space ~
42742 \begin_inset space ~
42746 \begin_inset space ~
42750 \begin_inset space ~
42754 \begin_inset space ~
42757 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42759 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42762 dialog when changing the document class.
42765 \begin_layout Section
42767 \begin_inset space ~
42771 \begin_inset Index idx
42774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42783 \begin_layout Subsection
42785 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42787 name "sub:Converters"
42792 \begin_inset Index idx
42795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42804 \begin_layout Standard
42805 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42806 from one format to another.
42807 You can modify them or create new ones.
42808 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42815 \begin_inset space ~
42825 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42829 \begin_inset space ~
42834 drop-down list, modify the
42838 field, and press the
42845 \begin_layout Standard
42848 Converter File Cache
42850 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42853 Maximum Age (in days
42856 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42857 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42860 \begin_layout Standard
42861 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42862 the converter definition, is described in the section
42873 \begin_layout Subsection
42875 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42877 name "sec:File-Formats"
42882 \begin_inset Index idx
42885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42892 \begin_inset Index idx
42895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42904 \begin_layout Standard
42905 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42906 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42910 \begin_layout Standard
42911 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42912 is described in the section
42923 \begin_layout Standard
42924 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42925 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42926 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42927 This is done by specifying a
42932 More about this is described in the section
42943 \begin_layout Chapter
42944 Units available in LyX
42945 \begin_inset Index idx
42948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42955 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42957 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42964 \begin_layout Standard
42965 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42966 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42968 reference "cap:Units"
42972 explains all units available in LyX.
42975 \begin_layout Standard
42976 \begin_inset Float table
42982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42983 \begin_inset Caption
42985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42986 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43001 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
43007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43009 \begin_inset Tabular
43010 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
43011 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
43012 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
43013 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
43015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43109 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43113 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43137 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43141 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43164 scaled point (65536
43165 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43169 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43193 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43197 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43221 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43225 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
43229 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43253 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43257 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43280 % of original image width
43287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43469 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43473 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43494 \begin_layout Chapter
43496 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43505 \begin_layout Standard
43506 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
43507 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
43510 \begin_layout Itemize
43513 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
43516 \begin_layout Itemize
43522 \begin_layout Itemize
43528 \begin_layout Itemize
43534 \begin_layout Itemize
43540 \begin_layout Itemize
43546 \begin_layout Itemize
43552 \begin_layout Itemize
43558 \begin_layout Itemize
43561 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
43564 \begin_layout Itemize
43570 \begin_layout Itemize
43576 \begin_layout Itemize
43582 \begin_layout Itemize
43588 \begin_layout Itemize
43594 \begin_layout Itemize
43600 \begin_layout Itemize
43606 \begin_layout Itemize
43612 \begin_layout Itemize
43614 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43623 \begin_layout Standard
43624 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43627 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
43634 \begin_layout Bibliography
43635 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43636 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43637 LatexCommand bibitem
43644 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43647 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
43652 \begin_inset Newline newline
43656 \begin_inset Flex URL
43659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43661 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
43669 \begin_layout Bibliography
43670 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43671 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43672 LatexCommand bibitem
43673 key "latexcompanion"
43677 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
43679 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
43682 Addison-Wesley, 2004
43685 \begin_layout Bibliography
43686 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43687 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43688 LatexCommand bibitem
43693 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
43696 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
43699 Addison-Wesley, 2003
43702 \begin_layout Bibliography
43703 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43704 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43705 LatexCommand bibitem
43712 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
43715 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
43718 \begin_layout Bibliography
43719 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43720 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43721 LatexCommand bibitem
43733 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43736 \begin_layout Bibliography
43737 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43738 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43739 LatexCommand bibitem
43745 \begin_inset Newline newline
43749 \begin_inset Flex URL
43752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43754 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43762 \begin_layout Bibliography
43763 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43764 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43765 LatexCommand bibitem
43771 \begin_inset Newline newline
43775 \begin_inset Flex URL
43778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43780 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43788 \begin_layout Bibliography
43789 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43790 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43791 LatexCommand bibitem
43797 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43799 name "Documentation"
43800 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43809 \begin_inset Newline newline
43813 \begin_inset Flex URL
43816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43818 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43826 \begin_layout Bibliography
43827 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43828 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43829 LatexCommand bibitem
43835 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43837 name "Documentation"
43838 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43842 how to use the program
43847 \begin_inset Newline newline
43851 \begin_inset Flex URL
43854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43856 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43864 \begin_layout Bibliography
43865 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43866 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43867 LatexCommand bibitem
43873 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43875 name "Documentation"
43876 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43885 \begin_inset Newline newline
43889 \begin_inset Flex URL
43892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43894 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43902 \begin_layout Bibliography
43903 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43904 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43905 LatexCommand bibitem
43911 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43913 name "Documentation"
43914 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43923 \begin_inset Newline newline
43927 \begin_inset Flex URL
43930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43932 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43940 \begin_layout Bibliography
43941 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43942 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43943 LatexCommand bibitem
43949 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43951 name "Documentation"
43952 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43956 of the LaTeX-package
43961 \begin_inset Index idx
43964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43965 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43971 \begin_inset Newline newline
43975 \begin_inset Flex URL
43978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43980 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43988 \begin_layout Bibliography
43989 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43990 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43991 LatexCommand bibitem
43997 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43999 name "Documentation"
44000 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
44004 of the LaTeX-package
44009 \begin_inset Index idx
44012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44013 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
44019 \begin_inset Newline newline
44023 \begin_inset Flex URL
44026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44028 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
44036 \begin_layout Bibliography
44037 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44038 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44039 LatexCommand bibitem
44047 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44049 name "Documentation"
44050 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
44056 of the LaTeX-package
44061 \begin_inset Index idx
44064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44065 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44071 \begin_inset Newline newline
44075 \begin_inset Flex URL
44078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44080 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
44088 \begin_layout Bibliography
44089 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44090 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44091 LatexCommand bibitem
44097 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44099 name "Documentation"
44100 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
44104 of the LaTeX-package
44109 \begin_inset Index idx
44112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44113 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
44119 \begin_inset Newline newline
44123 \begin_inset Flex URL
44126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44128 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
44136 \begin_layout Bibliography
44137 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44138 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44139 LatexCommand bibitem
44145 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44147 name "Documentation"
44148 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
44152 of the LaTeX-package
44157 \begin_inset Index idx
44160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44161 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
44167 \begin_inset Newline newline
44171 \begin_inset Flex URL
44174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44176 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
44184 \begin_layout Bibliography
44185 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44186 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44187 LatexCommand bibitem
44193 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44195 name "Documentation"
44196 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
44200 of the LaTeX-package
44205 \begin_inset Index idx
44208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44209 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
44215 \begin_inset Newline newline
44219 \begin_inset Flex URL
44222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44224 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
44232 \begin_layout Bibliography
44233 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44234 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44235 LatexCommand bibitem
44241 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44244 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
44248 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
44249 \begin_inset Newline newline
44253 \begin_inset Flex URL
44256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44258 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
44266 \begin_layout Bibliography
44267 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44268 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44269 LatexCommand bibitem
44275 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44278 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
44282 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
44283 \begin_inset Newline newline
44287 \begin_inset Flex URL
44290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44292 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
44300 \begin_layout Bibliography
44301 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44302 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44303 LatexCommand bibitem
44309 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44312 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
44316 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
44317 \begin_inset Newline newline
44321 \begin_inset Flex URL
44324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44326 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
44334 \begin_layout Bibliography
44335 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44336 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44337 LatexCommand bibitem
44343 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44346 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
44350 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
44351 \begin_inset Newline newline
44355 \begin_inset Flex URL
44358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44360 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
44368 \begin_layout Bibliography
44369 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44370 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44371 LatexCommand bibitem
44377 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44380 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
44384 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
44385 \begin_inset Newline newline
44389 \begin_inset Flex URL
44392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44394 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
44402 \begin_layout Bibliography
44403 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44404 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44405 LatexCommand bibitem
44411 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44414 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
44418 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
44419 \begin_inset Newline newline
44423 \begin_inset Flex URL
44426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44428 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
44436 \begin_layout Bibliography
44437 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44438 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44439 LatexCommand bibitem
44445 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44448 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
44452 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
44453 \begin_inset Newline newline
44457 \begin_inset Flex URL
44460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44462 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
44470 \begin_layout Bibliography
44471 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44472 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44473 LatexCommand bibitem
44479 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44482 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
44486 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
44487 \begin_inset Newline newline
44491 \begin_inset Flex URL
44494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44496 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
44504 \begin_layout Bibliography
44505 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44506 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44507 LatexCommand bibitem
44513 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44516 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
44520 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
44521 \begin_inset Newline newline
44525 \begin_inset Flex URL
44528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44530 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
44538 \begin_layout Bibliography
44539 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44540 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44541 LatexCommand bibitem
44547 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44550 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
44554 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
44555 \begin_inset Newline newline
44559 \begin_inset Flex URL
44562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44564 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
44572 \begin_layout Bibliography
44573 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44574 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44575 LatexCommand bibitem
44581 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44584 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
44588 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
44589 \begin_inset Newline newline
44593 \begin_inset Flex URL
44596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44598 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
44606 \begin_layout Bibliography
44607 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44608 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44609 LatexCommand bibitem
44615 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44618 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
44622 about new features in
44627 \begin_inset Newline newline
44631 \begin_inset Flex URL
44634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44636 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
44644 \begin_layout Standard
44645 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44679 \begin_inset Note Note
44682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44689 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
44690 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
44691 bibliography is the second one:
44699 \begin_layout Standard
44700 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
44701 LatexCommand bibtex
44702 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
44703 options "biblio/alphadin"
44710 \begin_layout Standard
44711 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
44714 \begin_layout Standard
44715 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
44716 LatexCommand printnomenclature
44722 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
44723 LatexCommand printindex